Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Instruments & Supplies / Intricon Corp

Intricon Corp

iin · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker iin
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Instruments & Supplies
Employees 501-1000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Intricon Corp
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
ANNUAL REPORT 2015
PROXY STATEMENT 2016

IntriCon designs, develops and manufactures body-worn devices. These 
advanced products help hearing health, medical, and healthcare companies 
meet the rising demand for smaller, more intelligent and better connected 
devices.

As part of an industry-wide effort to reduce the cost of healthcare, our 
body-worn devices help shift the point of care from more expensive settings, 
like hospitals and clinics, to less expensive ones, such as the home. We 
accomplish this by putting more intelligence into every product, connecting 
patients and caregivers in non-traditional ways.  This shift is enabled by 
advanced technologies, such as our ultra-low-power (ULP) wireless and 
digital signal processing (DSP), allowing intervention to be administered by 
boarder range of professionals and technicians.

Today we are focused on two significant healthcare market opportunities: 
value hearing health—where we will work to bring additional low-cost 
and effective devices to consumers; and, medical biotelemetry market—
connecting people with caregivers through technology.

IntriCon is headquartered in Arden Hills, Minn., a suburb of Minneapolis/St. 
Paul, and employs more than 550 people at facilities in the United States, 
Europe, United Kingdom, and Asia. IntriCon common stock is traded on the 
NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “IIN.”

To Our Shareholders: 

I am pleased to report that fiscal 2015 was a record year in several respects for the company. We achieved 
the  highest  full-year  revenues  and  gross  margins  since  rebranding  as  IntriCon  nearly  a  decade  ago. 
Additionally, we continued to deliver profitability while focusing on our strategy of developing partnerships 
with key value hearing health and medical customers. We’re accomplishing this by concentrating resources 
on building the infrastructure required to secure high-potential growth opportunities, especially in the value 
hearing health market, while continuing to advance our medical capabilities and technology. 

For the 2015 full year, IntriCon reported net sales of $69.7 million and net income attributable to IntriCon 
shareholders of $2.2 million, or $0.36 per diluted share. This compares to 2014 annual net sales of $68.3 
million and net income attributable to IntriCon shareholders of $2.2 million, or $0.37 per diluted share. For 
the year, gross profit margins increased to 27.2 percent from 27.1 percent for 2014. The improvement was 
primarily driven by higher sales volume. 

2015 Highlights 

As a company, we achieved a number of milestones that position us for a successful 2016 and beyond. 
During the year we: 

  Delivered sequential revenue and net income growth every quarter;  

  Significantly grew our medical business; 

  Embarked on a joint venture (earVenture) with the Academy of Doctors of Audiology (ADA) and 
completed our acquisition of PC Werth Limited—both significant initiatives in the value hearing 
health space to provide high-quality hearing aids at attractive prices to the global markets;  

 

Invested a record $5.2 million in research and development to innovate in the value hearing health 
and medical arenas; and, 

  Launched  JD  Edwards  EnterpriseOne  platform,  a  $2.4  million  investment  in  an  integrated 
applications suite of comprehensive enterprise resource planning software, to further support our 
global manufacturing and distribution footprint. 

Medical Biotelemetry: Established and Growing 

In 2015, sales in IntriCon’s medical business rose 16 percent to record levels. This increase was fueled 
chiefly  by  the  company’s  largest  customer,  Medtronic.  IntriCon  has  partnered  with  Medtronic  to 
manufacture their MiniLink REAL-Time Transmitter wireless continuous glucose monitors, sensors, and 
related accessories which are incorporated in Medtronic’s MiniMed 530G insulin pump and continuous 
glucose monitoring system. We anticipate continued Medtronic strength in 2016.  

Within the medical biotelemetry space, our technology connects patients and caregivers in non-traditional 
ways. Our advanced, smaller lightweight devices have helped shift the point of care from traditional settings 
such as hospitals, to non-traditional settings like homes. The company currently has a strong presence in 
the diabetes biotelemetry market via Medtronic, as well as in cardiac diagnostic monitoring.  

IntriCon has the core technology and product offering to expand its existing customer relationships, explore 
new partnerships with medical leaders, as well as move into new biotelemetry markets. To that end, we are 
allocating more capital and resources to sales and marketing, and research and development to expand our 
reach to other large medical device and health care companies. And we are focused on efficiency, having 
reduced expenses in non-core areas to channel our investments in the strongest growth opportunities. 

Value Hearing Health: Emerging High-Growth Opportunity 

While medical biotelemetry is an established and growing area for IntriCon, we continue to see enormous 
potential  in  the  emerging  value  hearing  health  space.  Over  the  past  several  years  IntriCon  has  invested 
significant resources to best position the company in this space with a unique position to provide low cost, 
high  quality  devices  based  on  an  extensive  pipeline  of  core  technologies.  Additionally,  from  an 
infrastructure  standpoint,  our  global  manufacturing  and  distribution  footprint,  supported  by  our  recent 
launch of the EnterpriseOne enterprise resource planning software and proven record of delivering high 
volume, quality devices to large healthcare companies, such as Medtronic and United HealthCare, have set 
the stage for IntriCon to meet the growth anticipated in the value hearing health space. Following are some 
of the key value hearing health market’s current dynamics. 

We  know  for  a  fact  that  the  conventional  channel  has  experienced  a  trend  of  continuing  market 
consolidation. As a result, the six large manufacturers now control approximately 98 percent of the global 
market. However, during this time, market penetration has stagnated as end-consumer prices have risen 
dramatically. This has spurred the development of value hearing aids, personal sound amplifier products 
(PSAPs) and assistive listening devices. 

In January 2016, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) weighed in on low market-penetration 
rates with an announcement that highlighted statistics from the National Institute on Deafness and Other 
Communication Disorders that indicate 37.5 million U.S. adults aged 18 and older report some form of 
hearing loss. However, only 30 percent of adults over 70, and 16 percent of those aged 20 to 69 who could 
benefit from wearing hearing aids, have ever used them. Based on these statistics, the FDA has reopened 
the public comment period on draft guidance related to their premarket requirements for hearing aids and 
PSAPs;  the  intent  is  to  consider  ways  in  which  regulation  can  support  further  penetration  into  the 
hearing market.  

Along  the  same  lines,  in  October  2015,  the  President’s  Council  of  Advisors  on  Science  &  Technology 
(PCAST), the group that makes policy recommendations to the President, also addressed the low hearing 
health market penetration levels IntriCon has long pointed out. PCAST indicated that untreated hearing loss 
in the United States is a substantial national problem, and supported this assessment with references to the 
barriers to access. The group recommended revising FDA regulations and changing the current distribution 
channel, as well as creating new channels to increase the opportunities for consumer choice.  

As a company, we are aligned with the FDA’s and PCAST’s efforts to overcome barriers to device access 
and accelerate development and innovation in cost-effective technology. We believe these factors create 
the need for the outcomes-based hearing health model we’ve advocated. Our value hearing health strategy 
focuses on this need, and we’re continuing our work to build infrastructure to secure other notable partners 
who can help drive our outcomes-based product offering. We are attractively positioned to capitalize on 
this  emerging  situation  and  look  forward  to  partnering  with  the  FDA  and  other  organizations  to  bring 
hearing healthcare to millions of people who today cannot afford care through the conventional channel. 

IntriCon’s work throughout 2015 with the ADA/earVenture and our acquisition of PC Werth Limited are 
evidence of the value channels emerging in the market—and which we believe have significant growth 
potential. Moreover, they capitalize on IntriCon’s established ability to deliver high-quality devices and 
fitting software, while providing access points to directly penetrate the global marketplace. We anticipate 
these initiatives, among others, will drive robust hearing health growth for IntriCon in future quarters. 

Looking ahead 

2015 was a very successful year for IntriCon. We posted improved performance and made marked progress 
developing our infrastructure, securing new channel partners and advancing our technology portfolio. With 
new partnerships coming on board, coupled with our strong medical business, we believe we are poised for 
future growth.  

In 2016, we remain steadfast in our strategy. Specifically, we are focused on: 

  Expanding  Value  Hearing  Health  Channels  –  The  value  hearing  health  market  is  rapidly 
emerging.  Our  top  strategic  priority  is  to  further  expand  our  value  hearing  health  reach,  by 
expanding the required infrastructure and securing additional channel partners. 

  Core Technology Development – This is critical to our long-term success. In 2016, we will define 
and validate ultra low power (ULP) wireless technology test platforms aimed at increasing access 
to  and  efficiencies  in  the  rising  value  hearing  health  distribution  channel  and  medical 
biotelemetry markets.  

On behalf of our board of directors and executive team, I want to thank you for your continued support, as 
we follow a promising course to long-term growth and consistent value creation. 

Sincerely,  

Mark Gorder 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
IntriCon Corporation 
March 11, 2016 

[This page intentionally left blank] 

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 

(Mark one) 

☒  ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 
or 

☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 or 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________. 

Commission File Number 1-5005 

INTRICON CORPORATION  

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

Pennsylvania 
(State or other jurisdiction of 
incorporation or organization) 

1260 Red Fox Road 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 
(Address of principal executive offices) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class 
Common Shares, $1 par value per share 

23-1069060 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

55112 
(Zip Code) 

(651) 636-9770 

Name of each exchange on 
which registered 
The NASDAQ Global Market 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  
Yes ☐   No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  
Yes ☐   No ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒   No ☐  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every 
Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during 
the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒   No ☐  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Section 229.405 of this chapter) is 
not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements 
incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. ☐ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2  
the Exchange Act. (Check one): 

Large accelerated filer ☐ 
Non-accelerated filer ☐   (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Accelerated filer ☐ 
Smaller reporting company ☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined by rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐   No ☒ 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
The aggregate market value of the voting common shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2015 was $36,586,092. 
Common shares held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding common shares have 
been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive 
determination for other purposes. 

The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s common shares on February 23, 2016 was 5,981,756. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference into 
Part III of this report; provided, however, that the Audit Committee Report and any other information in such Proxy Statement that is 
not required to be included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, shall not be deemed to be incorporated herein or filed for the 
purposes of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

2 

  
  
  
  
Table of Contents 

Business 
Risk Factors 
Unresolved Staff Comments 
Properties 
Legal Proceedings 
Mine Safety Disclosures 
Executive Officers of the Registrant 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 
Securities 
Selected Financial Data 
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 
Controls and Procedures 
Other Information 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 
Executive Compensation 
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

PART I 
Item 1. 
Item 1A. 
Item 1B. 
Item 2. 
Item 3. 
Item 4. 
Item 4A. 

PART II 
Item 5. 

Item 6. 
Item 7. 
Item 7A. 
Item 8. 
Item 9. 
Item 9A 
Item 9B. 

PART III 
Item 10. 
Item 11. 
Item 12. 
Item 13. 
Item 14. 

PART IV 
Item 15. 

SIGNATURES 
EXHIBIT INDEX 

Page No.

4
11
18
18
18
19
19

20

21
23
32
32
57
57
57

58
58
58
59
59

59

63
64

3 

  
  
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
  
ITEM 1. 

Business 

Company Overview 

PART I 

IntriCon  Corporation  (together  with  its  subsidiaries  referred  herein  as  the  “Company”,  or  “IntriCon”,  “we”,  “us”  or  “our”)  is  an 
international  company  engaged  in  designing,  developing,  engineering,  manufacturing  and  distributing  body-worn  devices.  The 
Company serves the body-worn device market by designing, developing, engineering, manufacturing and distributing micro-miniature 
products,  microelectronics,  micro-mechanical  assemblies,  complete  assemblies  and  software  solutions,  primarily  for  the  emerging 
value  hearing  health  market,  the  medical  bio-telemetry  market  and  the  professional  audio  communication  market.  The  Company, 
headquartered  in  Arden  Hills,  Minnesota,  has  facilities  in  Minnesota,  California,  Singapore,  Indonesia,  the  United  Kingdom  and 
Germany,  and  operates  through  subsidiaries.  The  Company  is  a  Pennsylvania  corporation  formed  in  1930,  and  has  gone  through 
several transformations since its formation. The Company’s core business of body-worn devices was established in 1993 through the 
acquisition of Resistance Technologies Inc., now known as IntriCon, Inc. The majority of IntriCon’s current management came to the 
Company  with  the  Resistance  Technologies  Inc.  acquisition,  including  IntriCon’s  President  and  CEO,  who  was  a  co-founder  of 
Resistance Technologies Inc. 

Currently,  the  Company  operates  in  one  operating  segment,  the  body-worn  device  segment.  On  June  13,  2013,  the  Company 
announced a global restructuring plan to accelerate future growth and reduce costs. As part of the restructuring, the Company sold its 
security and certain microphone and receiver operations on January 27, 2014 to Sierra Peaks Corporation. For all periods presented, 
the  Company  classified  these  businesses  as  discontinued  operations,  and,  accordingly,  has  reclassified  historical  financial  data 
presented herein. 

Information  contained  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  and  expressed  in  U.S.  dollars  or  number  of  shares  are  presented  in 
thousands (000s), except for per share data and as otherwise noted. 

Business Highlights  

Major Events in 2015 

The  Company  reported  its  strongest  financial  results  in  over  a  decade,  surpassing  2014  results,  including  its  strongest  revenue  and 
margin since the rebranding of the Company in 2005. 

On  November  3,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  of  PC  Werth,  a  leading  supplier  of  hearing  healthcare  products  and 
equipment to the United Kingdom’s National Health Service (NHS). The NHS is the largest purchaser of hearing aids in the world, 
supplying an estimated 1.2 million hearing aids annually. 

On  November  2nd,  2015,  the  company  launched  JD  Edwards  EnterpriseOne  platform,  a  $2,400  investment  in  an  integrated 
applications  suite  of  comprehensive  enterprise  resource  planning  (ERP)  software,  to  further  support  its  global  manufacturing  and 
distribution footprint. 

On  September  14,  2015,  the  Company  and  The  Academy  of  Doctors  of  Audiology  (ADA),  announced  a  joint  venture  to  provide 
hearing instruments and educational resources that offer unprecedented value for audiologists and their patients. 

On  March  31,  2015,  the  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  entered  into  a  Seventh  Amendment  to  the  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement and Waiver with The PrivateBank and Trust Company, which among other things extended the maturity date of the term 
loan  and  revolving  credit  facility  to  February  28,  2019  (See  Note  8  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  included 
herein). 

Major Events in 2014 

On  December  4,  2014,  the  Company  announced  an  exclusive  distribution  agreement  with  PC  Werth  in  the  United  Kingdom.  PC 
Werth, through its partnership with IntriCon, has been appointed as one of the main suppliers to the NHS Supply Chain’s National 
Framework. 

On  January  27,  2014,  the  Company  sold  its  remaining  security  and  certain  microphone  and  receiver  operations,  which  marked  the 
final milestone in the global strategic restructuring plan announced in 2013. 

Major Events in 2013 

On June 13, 2013, the Company announced a global strategic restructuring plan designed to accelerate the Company’s future growth 
by focusing resources on the highest potential growth areas and reduce costs. As part of this plan, the Company reduced investment in 
certain non-core professional audio communications product lines; transferred specific product lines from Singapore to the Company’s 
lower-cost  manufacturing  facility  in  Batam,  Indonesia;  reduced  its  global  administrative  and  support  workforce;  transferred  the 

4 

medical coil operations from the Company’s Maine facility to Minnesota to better leverage existing manufacturing capacity, added 
experienced professionals in value hearing health; and focused more resources in medical biotelemetry. During the 2013 third quarter, 
the Company’s customer, Medtronic, received Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval for their MiniMed 530G insulin pump. 
Medical market sales strengthened in the 2013 fourth quarter as Medtronic ramped for its launch of the MiniMed 530G. 

Market Overview: 

IntriCon serves the body-worn device market by designing, developing, engineering, manufacturing and distributing micro-miniature 
products,  microelectronics,  micro-mechanical  assemblies,  complete  assemblies  and  software  solutions,  primarily  for  the  emerging 
value hearing health market, the medical bio-telemetry market and the professional audio communication market. Revenue from the 
medical bio-telemetry and value hearing health markets is reported on the respective medical and hearing health lines in the discussion 
of our results of operations in “Item 2. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and 
Note 18 “Revenue by Market” to the Company’s consolidated condensed financial statements included herein. 

Value Hearing Health Market 

The  Company  believes  the  value  hearing  health  (VHH)  market  offers  significant  growth  opportunities.  In  the  United  States  alone, 
there are approximately 48 million adults that report some degree of hearing loss. In adults the most common cause of hearing loss is 
aging  and  noise.  In  fact,  by  the  age  of  65  year  old,  one  out  of  three  people  have  hearing  loss.  The  hearing  impaired  population  is 
expected to grow significantly over the next decade due to an aging population and more frequent exposure to loud sounds that can 
cause noise-induced hearing loss. It is estimated that hearing aids can help more than 90 percent of people with hearing loss, however 
the current market penetration into the U.S. hearing impaired population is approximately 20 percent, a percentage that has remained 
essentially unchanged for the last four decades. In early January, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) weighed in on low 
hearing  aid  penetration  rates  with  an  announcement  that  highlighted  statistics  from  the  National  Institute  on  Deafness  and  Other 
Communication Disorders. They found that 37.5 million U.S. adults aged 18 and older report some form of hearing loss. However, 
only 30 percent of adults over 70, and 16 percent of those aged 20 to 69 who could benefit from wearing hearing aids, have ever used 
them. Based on these statistics, the FDA has reopened the public comment period on draft guidance related to the agency’s premarket 
requirements for hearing aids and PSAPs. The FDA’s intent is to consider ways in which regulation can support further penetration 
into the hearing market. 

In  October  2015,  the  President’s  Council  of  Advisors  on  Science  &  Technology  (PCAST),  the  group  that  makes  policy 
recommendations  to  the  President,  also  addressed  the  low  hearing  health  market  penetration  levels  IntriCon  has  long  pointed  out. 
PCAST indicated that untreated hearing loss in the United States is a substantial national problem, and supported this assessment with 
references to the barriers to access. The group recommended revising FDA regulations and changing the current distribution channel, 
as well as creating new channels to increase the opportunities for consumer choice. A link to both the FDA announcement and the 
PCAST letter can be found on our website. 

We believe the U.S. market penetration is low primarily due to the high costs to purchase a hearing aids, consolidation at the retail 
level and inconveniences in the distribution channel. These factors have created the opportunity for alternative care models, such as 
the value hearing aid (VHA) channel and personal sound amplifier (PSAP) channel. The VHA channel is outcome based focused and 
requires  the  best  device  and  software  technology,  to  provide  the  most  efficient,  lowest  cost  solution  to  the  consumer.  IntriCon  has 
positioned  itself  as  a  leader  in  these  channels  through  significant,  on-going  investments  in  sales  and  marketing  and  research  and 
development.  The  Company  is  aggressively  pursuing  prospective  partnerships  and  customers  who  can  benefit  from  our  value 
proposition and the VHA and PSAP channels. 

In  the  VHA  channel,  the  Company  entered  into  a  manufacturing  agreement  with  hi  HealthInnovations,  a  UnitedHealth  Group 
company,  to  become  their  supplier  of  hearing  aids.  At  the  beginning  of  2012,  hi  HealthInnovations  launched  a  suite  of  high-tech, 
lower-cost  hearing  devices  for  their  Medicare  and  Part  D  participants  and  later  in  the  year  announced  they  were  increasing  this 
offering to the over 26 million people enrolled in their employer-sponsored and individual health benefit plans. In 2012, they have 
expanded their offering to include a hearing aid discount program for health plans. This program is available nationwide to all health 
insurers,  including  employer-sponsored,  individual  and  Medicare  plans.  The  insurance  model  has  been  successfully  demonstrated 
internationally,  where  several  countries  providing  a  full  insurance  program  are  serving  40  to  70  percent  of  the  hearing  impaired 
population. Further, research in the U.S. has shown a fully insured model will encourage an individual to seek treatment at an earlier 
stage of hearing loss, greatly increasing the market size and penetration. The Company also has various international VHA initiatives. 
In 2014, the Company entered into an exclusive distribution agreement with PC Werth in the United Kingdom. PC Werth, through its 
partnership  with  IntriCon,  has  been  appointed  as  one  of  the  main  suppliers  to  the  National  Health  Service  (NHS)  Supply  Chain’s 
National Framework. The NHS is widely seen as the most efficient hearing aid delivery system in the world, supplying an estimated 
1.4 million hearing aids annually. We believe IntriCon is well positioned to serve their needs, and we’re developing new technologies 
to further enhance delivery efficiencies and product standards in the future. On November 3, 2015, the Company acquired the assets of 
PC Werth to gain direct access to the NHS and to have greater control over its efforts to accelerate new market penetration into the 
United  Kingdom.  Our  integration  plan,  which  will  include  site  relocation,  reallocating  resources  and  leveraging  corporate 
infrastructure, is proceeding on schedule and we anticipate these efforts to be complete by the end of the 2016 third quarter. 

5 

We  also  believe  there  are  niches  in  the  conventional  hearing  health  channel  that  will  embrace  our  VHA  proposition  in  the  United 
States  and  Europe.  High  costs  of  conventional  devices  and  retail  consolidation  have  constrained  the  growth  potential  of  the 
independent  audiologist  and  dispenser.  We  believe  our  software  and  product  offering  can  provide  independent  audiologists  and 
dispensers  the  ability  to  compete  with  larger  retailers,  such  as  Costco,  and  manufacturer  owned  retail  distributors.  In  Europe,  we 
recently secured a two-year supply agreement with AudioNova International, one of Europe’s leading hearing aid providers, operating 
more  than  1,300  retail  stores  in  11  countries.  Through  our  new  supply  agreement,  AudioNova  will  offer  hearing  devices, 
manufactured  by  IntriCon.  AudioNova’s  smartsound  brand  is  based  on  IntriCon’s  Audion™  amplifier,  and  offers  technically 
advanced features at value hearing health price points. AudioNova has begun rollout of the smartsound brand in the Netherlands and 
intends to expand the program to other targeted European countries in the future. In the third quarter of 2015, we announced a joint 
venture with The Academy of Doctors of Audiology (ADA) to provide hearing instruments and educational resources to audiologists 
and their patients. The joint venture will operate under the name earVenture LLC. earVenture was officially launched in November at 
the  ADA  conference.  We  expect  that  this  joint  venture  will  capitalize  on  our  established  reputation  as  a  leading  provider  of  high 
quality, low-cost hearing aids and the ADA’s respected position as the only national membership association focused on ownership of 
the audiology profession through autonomous practice and clinical excellence. To date, more than 400 of the 1,200 ADA members 
have  registered  to  join  the  earVenture  program  and  we  have  delivered  initial  units.  In  2016,  earVenture  will  be  rolling-out  a 
comprehensive marketing and sales plan to convert those registered members to consistent customers as well as solicit non-registered 
ADA members to join the program. 

In the past few years the PSAP channel, which includes ear worn devices that provide cost effective sound amplification, has begun to 
emerge.  These  sound  amplification  devices  are  not  regulated  by  the  FDA,  as  they  are  not  hearing  aids  and  make  no  claims  of 
compensating  for  hearing  loss.  They  can  be  purchased  “off-the-shelf”  and  are  not  fit  or  prescribed  to  meet  a  specific  individual’s 
needs; rather these devices amplify sound and tend to be used in noisy or challenging environments. They have a significantly lower 
retail price to the consumer than traditional hearing aids. 

Additionally, the Company believes there is great potential to market its situational listening devices (SLD’s). Similar to the PSAP 
devices, the Company’s SLD’s are intended to help people hear in noisy environments, like restaurants and automobiles, and listen to 
television, music, and direct broadcasts by wireless connection. Such devices are intended to be supplements to conventional hearing 
aids,  which  do  not  handle  those  situations  well.  The  product  line  consists  of  an  earpiece,  TV  transmitter,  companion  microphone, 
iPod/iPhone transmitter, and USB transmitter. 

Medical Bio-Telemetry 

In the medical bio-telemetry market, the Company is focused on sales of bio-telemetry devices for life-critical diagnostic monitoring. 
Using  our  nanoDSP  and  BodyNet™  technology  platforms,  the  Company  manufactures  microelectronics,  micro-mechanical 
assemblies, high-precision injection-molded plastic components and complete bio-telemetry devices for emerging and leading medical 
device manufacturers. The medical industry is faced with pressures to reduce the cost of healthcare. Driven by core technologies, such 
as the IntriCon Physiolink™ that wirelessly connects patients and care givers in non-traditional ways, IntriCon helps shift the point of 
care from expensive traditional settings, such as hospitals, to less expensive non-traditional settings like the home. IntriCon currently 
serves this market by offering medical manufacturers the capabilities to design, develop, manufacture and distribute medical devices 
that are easier to use, are more miniature, use less power, and are lighter. Increasingly, the medical industry is looking for wireless, 
low-power capabilities in their devices. We have a strategic relationship with Advanced Medical Electronics Corp. (AME) that allows 
us  to  develop  new  bio-telemetry  devices  that  better  connect  patients  and  care  givers,  providing  critical  information  and  feedback. 
Through the further development of our ULP BodyNet family, we believe the bio-telemetry markets offer significant opportunity. 

IntriCon currently has a strong presence in both the diabetes and cardiac diagnostic monitoring bio-telemetry markets. For diabetes, 
IntriCon has partnered with Medtronic to manufacture their wireless continuous glucose monitors, sensors, and related accessories that 
measure glucose levels and deliver real-time blood glucose trend information. Our Medtronic business posted record revenue in 2015, 
led  by  the  MiniLink  REAL-Time  Transmitter and  related  accessories  sales,  which  are  incorporated  in  Medtronic’s  MiniMed  530G 
insulin  pump  and  continuous  glucose  monitoring,  or  CGM,  system.  We  also  manufacture  various  accessories  associated  with 
Medtronic’s CGM system, including the recently announced MiniMed Connect, which links the MiniMed pump and CGM to certain 
smart devices providing users with a discrete and real-time view of their blood sugar information. In addition to the MiniMed 530G 
system,  the  products  we  manufacture  also  support  Medtronic’s  international  insulin  pump  system  offerings,  such  as  the  recently 
unveiled MiniMed 640G system. Further, we believe there are opportunities to expand our diabetes product offering with Medtronic 
as well as move into new markets outside of the diabetes market. 

In the cardiac diagnostic monitoring market, we provide solutions for ambulatory cardiac monitoring. Our first two product platforms, 
Sirona and Centauri, received FDA 510(k) approval in late 2011. The Sirona platform, which incorporates the PhysioLink technology, 
is essentially two products in one design: it can be used as an event recorder, a holter monitor or both. This platform is very small, 
rechargeable, and water spray proof. IntriCon is receiving feedback from its customers about the treatment flexibility and economic 
benefits of remote patient monitoring. The Company has contracts in place with lead customers for the Sirona platform and anticipates 
expanding that customer base during 2016. 

6 

IntriCon  has  a  suite  of  medical  coils  and  micro  coils  that  it  offers  to  various  original  equipment  manufacturing  (OEM)  customers. 
These  products  are  currently  used  in  pacemaker  programming  and  interventional  catheter  positioning  applications.  As  part  of  the 
global restructuring initiative, the Company is increasing its investment of resources and capital to help expand our customer base and 
market share. 

IntriCon manufactures bubble sensors and flow restrictors that monitor and control the flow of fluid in an intravenous infusion system 
as well as a family of safety needle products for an OEM customer that utilizes IntriCon’s insert and straight molding capabilities. 
These products are assembled using full automation, including built-in quality checks within the production lines. 

Lastly,  IntriCon  is  targeting  other  emerging  biotelemetry  and  home  care  markets,  such  as  sleep  apnea,  that  could  benefit  from  its 
capabilities to develop devices that are more technologically advanced, smaller and lightweight. To do so, IntriCon is focusing more 
capital  and  resources  in  sales  and  marketing  and  research  and  development  to  expand  its  reach  to  other  large  medical  device  and 
health care companies. 

Professional Audio Communications 

IntriCon entered the high-quality audio communication device market in 2001, and now has a line of miniature, professional audio 
headset products used by customers focusing on emergency response needs. The line includes several communication devices that are 
extremely portable and perform well in noisy or hazardous environments. These products are well suited for applications in the fire, 
law enforcement, safety, aviation and military markets. In addition, the Company has a line of miniature ear- and head-worn devices 
used  by  performers  and  support  staff  in  the  music  and  stage  performance  markets.  We  believe  performance  in  difficult  listening 
environments  and  wireless  operations  will  continue  to  improve  as  these  products  increasingly  include  our  proprietary  nanoDSP, 
wireless nanoLink and PhysioLink technologies. 

For information concerning our net sales, net income and assets, see the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of this Annual 
Report on Form 10-K. 

Core Technologies Overview:  

Our core technologies expertise is focused on three main markets: medical bio-telemetry, value hearing health and professional audio 
communications. Over the past several years, the Company has increased investments in the continued development of four critical 
core  technologies:  Ultra-Low-Power  (ULP)  Digital  Signal  Processing  (DSP),  ULP  Wireless,  Microminiaturization,  and  Miniature 
Transducers. These four core technologies serve as the foundation of current and future product platform development, designed to 
meet the rising demand for smaller, portable, more advanced devices and the need for greater efficiencies in the delivery models. The 
continued advancements in this area have allowed the Company to further enhance the mobility and effectiveness of miniature body-
worn devices. 

ULP DSP 
DSP converts real-world analog signals into a digital format. Through our nanoDSP™ technology, IntriCon offers an extensive range 
of  ULP  DSP  amplifiers  for  hearing,  medical  and  professional  audio  applications.  Our  proprietary  nanoDSP  incorporates  advanced 
ultra-miniature hardware with sophisticated signal processing algorithms to produce devices that are smaller and more effective. 

The  Company  further  expanded  its  DSP  portfolio  including  improvements  to  its  Reliant  CLEAR™  feedback  canceller,  offering 
increased added stable gain and faster reaction time. Additionally, the newly developed DSP technologies are utilized in our recently 
unveiled  Audion8™  and  Audion16™,  our  new  eight-channel  and  wide  dynamic  range  compression  sixteen-channel  hearing  aid 
amplifiers.  The  amplifiers  are  feature-rich and  are  designed  to  fit  a wide  array of  applications. In  addition  to  multiple  compression 
channels, the amplifiers have a complete set of proven adaptive features which greatly improve the user experience. 

ULP Wireless 
Wireless  connectivity  is  fast  becoming  a  required  technology,  and  wireless  capabilities  are  especially  critical  in  new  body-worn 
devices. IntriCon’s BodyNet™ ULP technology, including the nanoLink™ and PhysioLink™ wireless systems, offers solutions for 
transmitting the body’s activities to caregivers, and wireless audio links for professional communications and surveillance products. 
Potential BodyNet applications include electrocardiogram (ECG) diagnostics and monitoring, diabetes monitoring, sleep apnea studies 
and audio streaming for hearing devices. 

IntriCon  is  in  the  final  stages  of  commercializing  its  PhysioLink  wireless  technology,  which  will  be  incorporated  into  product 
platforms  serving  the  medical,  hearing  health  and  professional  audio  communication  markets.  This  system  is  based  on  2.4GHz 
proprietary digital radio protocol in the industrial-scientific-medical (ISM) frequency band and enables audio and data streaming to 
ear-worn and body-worn applications over distances of up to five meters. 

Microminiaturization 
IntriCon excels at miniaturizing body-worn devices. We began honing our microminiaturization skills over 30 years ago, supplying 
components to the hearing health industry. Our core miniaturization technology allows us to make devices for our markets that are one 
cubic inch and smaller. We also are specialists in devices that run on very low power, as evidenced by our ULP wireless and DSP. 

7 

Less power means a smaller battery, which enables us to reduce size even further, and develop devices that fit into the palm of one’s 
hand. 

Miniature Transducers 
IntriCon’s  advanced  transducer  technology has been pushing  the  limits  of  size  and performance  for over  a decade. Included  in our 
transducer  line  are  our  miniature  medical  coils  and  micro  coils  used  in  pacemaker  programming  and  interventional  catheter 
positioning applications. We believe with the increase of greater interventional care that our coil technology harbors significant value. 

Marketing and Competition: 
IntriCon intends to focus more capital and resources in marketing and sales to expand its reach into the emerging value hearing health 
market  and  large  medical  device  and  healthcare  companies  in  the  medical  bio-telemetry  market  outlined  above.  The  Company 
believes this will allow us to advance our technology portfolio, advance new product platforms, strengthen customer relationships and 
expand our market knowledge. 

Currently,  IntriCon  sells  its  hearing  device  products  directly  to  domestic  hearing  instrument  manufacturers,  and  distributors  and 
partnerships through an internal sales force. Sales of medical and professional audio communications products are also made primarily 
through  an  internal  sales  force.  In  recent  years,  a  small  number  of  companies  have  accounted  for  a  substantial  portion  of  the 
Company’s sales. 

Internationally, sales representatives employed by IntriCon GmbH (“GmbH”), a wholly owned German subsidiary, solicit sales from 
European hearing instrument, medical device and professional audio communications manufacturers and suppliers. 

In recent years, a small number of customers have accounted for a substantial portion of the Company’s sales. In 2015, one customer 
accounted for approximately 42 percent of the Company’s net sales. During 2015, the top five customers accounted for approximately 
$41,770, or 60 percent, of the Company’s net sales. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of net sales 
and long-lived assets by geographic area. 

IntriCon  believes  that  it  is  the  largest  supplier  worldwide  of  micro-miniature  electromechanical  components  to  hearing  instrument 
manufacturers and that its full product line, automated manufacturing process and low cost manufacturing capabilities in Asia, allow it 
to compete effectively with other manufacturers within this market. In the market of hybrid amplifiers and molded plastic faceplates, 
hearing instrument manufacturers produce a substantial portion of their internal needs for these components. 

IntriCon  markets  its  high  performance  microphone  products  to  the  radio  communication  and  professional  audio  industries  and  has 
several  larger  competitors  who  have  greater  financial  resources.  IntriCon  holds  a  small  market  share  in  the  global  market  for 
microphone capsules and other related products. 

Employees. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had a total of 646 full time equivalent employees, of whom 44 are executive and 
administrative  personnel,  22  are  sales  personnel,  30  are  engineering  personnel  and  550  are  operations  personnel.  The  Company 
considers its relations with its employees to be satisfactory. None of the Company’s employees are represented by a union. 

As a supplier of consumer and medical products and parts, IntriCon is subject to claims for personal injuries allegedly caused by its 
products. The Company maintains what it believes to be adequate insurance coverage. 

Research  and  Development.  IntriCon  conducts  research  and  development  activities  primarily  to  improve  its  existing  products  and 
proprietary  technology.  The  Company  is  committed  to  increasing  its  investment  in  the  research  and  development  of  proprietary 
technologies, such as the ULP nanoDSP and ULP wireless technologies. The Company believes the continued development of key 
proprietary technologies will be the catalyst for long-term revenues and margin growth. Research and development expenditures were 
$5,214, $4,832, and $4,181 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These amounts are net of customer and grant reimbursed research 
and  development.  In  2013,  the  Company  obtained  a  Minnesota  research  and  development  tax  credit  of  $567,  which  lowered  the 
research and development expenditures for the year. 

IntriCon owns  a  number  of United  States patents  which cover  a  number  of product  designs  and processes.  Although  the  Company 
believes that these patents collectively add value to the Company, the costs associated with the submission of patent applications are 
expensed as incurred given the uncertainty of the patents providing future economic benefit to the Company. 

Regulation. A large portion of our business operates in a marketplace subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA and by 
comparable  agencies  in foreign  countries. In  the United  States,  the  FDA  regulates  the design  control,  development,  manufacturing, 
labeling, record keeping, and surveillance procedures for medical devices.  

United States Food and Drug Administration  
FDA regulations classify medical devices based on perceived risk to public health as either Class I, II or III devices. Class I devices 
are subject to general controls, Class II devices are subject to special controls and Class III devices are subject to pre-market approval 
(“PMA”) requirements. While most Class I devices are exempt from pre-market submission, it is necessary for most Class II devices 
to be cleared by a 510(k) pre-market notification prior to marketing. 510(k) establishes that the device is “substantially equivalent” to 
a  legally  marketed  predicate  device  which  was  legally  marketed  prior  to  May  28,  1976  or  which  itself  has  been  found  to  be 

8 

substantially equivalent, through the 510(k) process, after May 28, 1976. It is “substantially equivalent” if it has the same intended use 
and the same technological characteristics as the predicate. The 510(k) pre-market notification must be supported by data establishing 
the  claim  of  substantial  equivalence  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  FDA.  The  process  of  obtaining  a  510(k)  clearance  typically  can  take 
several months to a year or longer. If the product is notably new or different and substantial equivalence cannot be established, the 
FDA will require the manufacturer to submit a PMA application for a Class III device that  must be reviewed and approved by the 
FDA  prior  to  sale  and  marketing  of  the  device  in  the  United  States.  The  process  of  obtaining  PMA  approval  can  be  expensive, 
uncertain,  lengthy  and  frequently  requires  anywhere  from  one  to  several  years  from  the  date  of  FDA  submission,  if  approval  is 
obtained  at  all.  The  FDA  controls  the  indicated  uses  for  which  a  product  may  be  marketed  and  strictly  prohibits  the  marketing  of 
medical  devices  for  unapproved  uses.  The  FDA  can  withdraw  products  from  the  market  for  failure  to  comply  with  laws  or  the 
occurrence of safety risks. 

All of our current hearing aid devices are air conduction devices and, as such, are Class I medical devices, exempt from the 510(k) 
submission process. They are typically marketed to FDA approved manufacturers with IntriCon assisting in the design, development 
and  production.  Our  ECG  recorder  devices  are  classified  as  Class  II  medical  devices  and  have  received  510(k)  clearance  from  the 
FDA. Our manufacturing operations are subject to periodic inspections by the FDA, whose primary purpose is to audit the Company’s 
compliance with the Quality System Regulations published by the FDA and other applicable government standards. Strict regulatory 
action may be initiated in response to audit deficiencies or to product performance problems. We believe that our manufacturing and 
quality control procedures are in compliance with the requirements of the FDA regulations. Our most recent FDA audit was conducted 
in August of 2015. 

International Regulation  
International  regulatory  bodies  have  established  varying  regulations  governing  product  standards,  packaging  and  labeling 
requirements,  import  restrictions,  tariff  regulations,  duties  and  tax.  Many  of  these  regulations  are  similar  to  those  of  the  FDA.  We 
believe we are in compliance with the regulatory requirements in the foreign countries in which our medical devices are marketed. 

The registration system for our medical devices in the EU requires that our quality system conform to international quality standards 
and that our medical devices conform to “essential requirements” set forth by the Medical Device Directive (“MDD”). Manufacturing 
facilities  and  processes  under  which  our  ECG  recorder  devices  are  produced  are  inspected  and  audited  by  our  International 
Organization for Standardization (“ISO”) registrar British Standards Institute (“BSI”). Our authorized representative, CE Partner 4U, 
maintains our technical file and registers our products with competent authorities in all EU member states. Manufacturing facilities 
and processes under which all of our other medical devices are produced are inspected and audited annually by the BSI. These audits 
verify our compliance with the essential requirements of the MDD. These certifying bodies verify that our quality system conforms to 
the international quality standard ISO 13485:2003 and that our products conform to the “essential requirements” and “supplementary 
requirements” set forth by the MDD for the class of medical devices we produce. These certifying bodies also certify our conformity 
with both the quality standards and the MDD requirements, entitling us to place the “CE” mark on all of our ECG recorder devices. 
Our  hearing  aid  devices  typically  bear  the  CE  mark  of  our  customers  who  assume  regulatory  responsibilities  for  those  devices.  In 
2014,  IntriCon  obtained  “CE”  certification  for  our  own  hearing  aid  devices  and  we  are  prepared  to  supply  these  devices  into  the 
European market. 

Third Party Reimbursement  
The availability and level of reimbursement from third-party payers for procedures utilizing our products is significant to our business. 
Our products are purchased primarily by OEM customers who sell into clinics, hospitals and other end-users, who in turn bill various 
third party payers for the services provided to the patients. These payers, which include Medicare, Medicaid, private health insurance 
plans and managed care organizations, reimburse all or part of the costs and fees associated with the procedures utilizing our products. 

In response to the national focus on rising health care costs, a number of changes to reduce costs have been proposed or have begun to 
emerge. There have been, and may continue to be, proposals by legislators, regulators and third party payers to curb these costs. The 
development  or  increased  use  of  more  cost  effective  treatments  for  diseases  could  cause  such  payers  to  decrease  or  deny 
reimbursement for surgeries or devices to favor alternatives that do not utilize our products. A significant number of Americans enroll 
in some form of managed care plan. Higher managed care utilization typically drives down the payments for health care procedures, 
which in turn places pressure on medical supply prices. This causes hospitals to implement tighter vendor selection and certification 
processes, by reducing the number of vendors used, purchasing more products from fewer vendors and trading discounts on price for 
guaranteed higher volumes to vendors. Hospitals have also sought to control and reduce costs over the last decade by joining group 
purchasing organizations or purchasing alliances. We cannot predict what continuing or future impact these practices, the existing or 
proposed legislation, or such third-party payer measures within a constantly changing healthcare landscape may have on our future 
business, financial condition or results of operations. 

9 

Forward-Looking Statements 

Certain statements included or incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or the Company’s other public filings 
and releases, which are not historical facts, or that include forward-looking terminology such as “may”, “will”, “believe”, “anticipate”, 
“expect”,  “should”,  “optimistic”  or  “continue”,  “estimate”,  “intend”,  “plan”,  “would”,  “could”,  “guidance”,  “potential”, 
“opportunity”,  “project”,  “forecast”,  “confident”,  “projections”,  “schedule”,  “designed”,  “future”,  “discussion”,  “if”  or  the  negative 
thereof or other variations thereof, are forward-looking statements (as such term is defined in Section 21E of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934 and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, and the regulations thereunder), which are intended to be covered by the 
safe  harbors  created  thereby.  These  statements  may  include,  but  are  not  limited  to  statements  in  “Business,”  “Legal  Proceedings”, 
“Risk  Factors,”  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  and  “Notes  to  the 
Consolidated  Financial  Statements”,  such  as  the  Company’s  ability  to  compete,  statements  concerning  expected  expenses  and  cost 
savings  from  the  global  restructuring,  strategic  alliances  and  their  benefits,  the  adequacy  of  insurance  coverage,  government 
regulation,  potential  increases  in  demand  for  the  Company’s  products,  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  the  ability  to  meet  cash 
requirements  for  operating  needs,  the  ability  to  meet  liquidity  needs,  assumptions  used  to  calculate  future  levels  of  funding  of 
employee benefit plans, the adequacy of insurance coverage, the impacts of new accounting pronouncements and litigation. 

Forward-looking statements also include, without limitation, statements as to the Company’s expected future results of operations and 
growth,  the  Company’s  ability  to  meet  working  capital  requirements,  the  Company’s  business  strategy,  the  expected  increases  in 
operating efficiencies, anticipated trends in the Company’s body-worn device markets, the effect of compliance with environmental 
protection  laws  and  other  government  regulations,  estimates  of  goodwill  impairments  and  amortization  expense  of  other  intangible 
assets, estimates of asset impairment, the effects of changes in accounting pronouncements, the effects of litigation and the amount of 
insurance  coverage,  and  statements  as  to  trends  or  the  Company’s  or  management’s  beliefs,  expectations  and  opinions.  Forward-
looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties and may be affected by various risks, uncertainties and other factors that can 
cause actual results and developments to be materially different from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements, 
including, without limitation, the risk factors discussed in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

The Company does not undertake to update any forward-looking statement that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of the 
Company. 

Available Information 

The Company files or furnishes its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, proxy 
statements  and  other  information  with  the  SEC.  You  may  read  and  copy  any  reports,  statements  and  other  information  that  the 
Company files with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, on official business 
days  during  the  hours  of  10:00  a.m.  to  3:00  p.m.  You  may  obtain  information  on  the  operation  of  the  Public  Reference  Room  by 
calling  the  SEC  at  1-800-SEC-0330.  The  Company’s  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements  and  other  SEC  filings  are  also 
available on the SEC’s website as part of the EDGAR database (http://www.sec.gov). 

The Company maintains an internet web site at www.IntriCon.com. The Company maintains a link to the SEC’s website by which 
you may review its annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments 
to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

The information on the website listed above, is not and should not be considered part of this annual report on Form 10-K and is not 
incorporated by reference in this document. This website is and is only intended to be an inactive textual reference. 

In addition, we will provide, at no cost (other than for exhibits), paper or electronic copies of our reports and other filings made with 
the SEC. Requests should be directed to: 

Corporate Secretary 
IntriCon Corporation 
1260 Red Fox Road 
Arden Hills, MN 55112 

10 

  
  
  
  
ITEM 1A.  Risk Factors 

You should carefully consider the risks described below. If any of the risks events actually occur, our business, financial condition or 
results  of  future  operations  could  be  materially  adversely  affected.  This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking 
statements that involve risk and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking 
statements as a result of many factors, including the risks faced by us described below and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 
10-K. 

We  have  experienced  and  expect  to  continue  to  experience  fluctuations  in  our  results  of  operations,  which  could  adversely 
affect us. 

Factors that affect our results of operations include, but are not limited to, the volume and timing of orders received, changes in the 
global economy and financial markets, changes in the mix of products sold, market acceptance of our products and our customer’s 
products, competitive pricing pressures, global currency valuations, the availability of electronic components that we purchase from 
suppliers,  our  ability  to  meet  demand,  our  ability  to  introduce  new  products  on  a  timely  basis,  the  timing  of  new  product 
announcements and introductions by us or our competitors, changing customer requirements, delays in new product qualifications, and 
the timing and extent of research and development expenses. These factors have caused and may continue to cause us to experience 
fluctuations in operating results on a quarterly and/or annual basis. These fluctuations could materially adversely affect our business, 
financial condition and results of operations, which in turn, could adversely affect the price of our common stock. 

The loss of one or more of our major customers could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We  are  dependent  on  a  small  number  of  customers  for  a  large  portion  of  our  revenues.  In  fiscal  year  2015,  our  largest  customer 
accounted for approximately 42 percent of our net sales and our five largest customers accounted for approximately 60 percent of our 
net  sales.  A  significant  decrease  in  the  sales  to  or  loss  of  any  of  our  major  customers  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business and results of operations. Our revenues are largely dependent upon the ability of customers to develop and sell products that 
incorporate  our  products.  No  assurance  can  be  given  that  our  major  customers  will  not  experience  financial,  technical  or  other 
difficulties that could adversely affect their operations and, in turn, our results of operations. 

We may not be able to collect outstanding accounts receivable from our customers. 

Some of our customers purchase our products on credit, which may cause a concentration of accounts receivable among some of our 
customers. As of December 31, 2015, we had accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts, of $8,578, which represented 
approximately 45 percent of our shareholders’ equity as of that date. As of that date, two customers accounted for a combined total of 
27 percent of our accounts receivable. Our financial condition and profitability may be harmed if one or more of our customers are 
unable or unwilling to pay these accounts receivable when due. 

Despite signs of improvement in economic conditions, downturns in the domestic economic environment could cause a severe 
disruption in our operations.  

Our business has been negatively impacted by the domestic economic environment in recent years. If the economy does not continue 
to improve, or worsens, there could be several severely negative implications to our business that may exacerbate many of the risk 
factors we identified including, but not limited to, the following: 

Liquidity:  

•  The  domestic  economic  environment  and  the  associated  credit  crisis  could  worsen  and  reduce  liquidity  and  this 
could have a negative impact on financial institutions and the country’s financial system, which could, in turn, have 
a negative impact on our business. 

•  We may not be able to borrow additional funds under our existing credit facility and may not be able to expand our 
existing facility if our lender becomes insolvent or its liquidity is limited or impaired or if we fail to meet covenant 
levels going forward. In addition, we may not be able to renew our existing credit facility at the conclusion of its 
current term in February 2019 or renew it on terms that are favorable to us. 

•  During  the  last  few  years  the  Federal  Reserve  Board’s  involvement  in  the  purchase  of  U.S.  government  debt 
securities, commonly know as “quantitative easing,” has caused interest rates to be lower than they would have been 
without such involvement. As a result of the end of quantitative easing in October 2014, and the recent decision by 
the  Federal  Reserve  to  raise  the  target  federal  funds  rate,  interest  rates  could  begin  to  rise,  which  could  disrupt 
domestic and world markets and could adversely affect our liquidity and results of operations. 

Demand:  

•  Any deterioration in the economy or a return to recession could result in lower sales to our customers. Additionally, 

our customers may not have access to sufficient cash or short-term credit to obtain our products or services. 

11 

Prices:  

•  Certain  markets  could  experience  deflation,  which  would  negatively  impact  our  average  prices  and  reduce  our 

margins. 

Health care policy changes, including U.S. health care reform legislation signed in 2010, may have a material adverse effect on 
us. 

In March 2010, President Obama signed into law the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act and the Health Care and Education 
Affordability Reconciliation Act of 2010. The legislation imposes significant new taxes on medical device makers in the form of a 
2.3% excise tax on all U.S. medical device sales beginning in January 2013. Under the legislation, the total cost to the medical device 
industry is expected to be approximately $30 billion over ten years. This significant increase in the tax burden on our industry could 
have  a  material,  negative  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  and  our  cash  flows  either  directly,  through  taxes  on  us,  or  indirectly 
through others in our value chain being subject to the tax. Although the direct impact of the excise tax is expected to be immaterial on 
us, if facts or circumstances change in our business relationships, we could be subject to customer pricing pressures or required to pay 
additional  taxes  under  the  rules.  Other  elements  of  this  legislation,  such  as  comparative  effectiveness  research,  an  independent 
payment advisory board, payment system reforms, including shared savings pilots, and other provisions, could meaningfully change 
the  way  health  care  is  developed  and  delivered,  and  may  materially  impact  numerous  aspects  of  our  business.  In  December  2015, 
legislation suspended the 2.3% medical device tax for fiscal years 2016 and 2017, but the tax would go back into effect on December 
31, 2017 unless further legislation is adopted. 

If we are unable to continue to develop new products that are inexpensive to manufacture, our results of operations could be 
adversely affected. 

We may not be able to continue to achieve our historical profit margins due to advancements in technology. The ability to continue 
our  profit  margins  is  dependent  upon  our  ability  to  stay  competitive  by  developing  products  that  are  technologically  advanced  and 
inexpensive to manufacture. 

Our need for continued investment in research and development may increase expenses and reduce our profitability.  

Our industry is characterized by the need for continued investment in research and development. If we fail to invest sufficiently in 
research  and  development,  our  products  could  become  less  attractive  to  existing  and  potential  customers  and  our  business  and 
financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. As a result of the need to maintain or increase spending levels in this 
area and the difficulty in reducing costs associated with research and development, our operating results could be materially harmed if 
our research and development efforts fail to result in new products or if revenues fall below expectations. In addition, as a result of our 
commitment to invest in research and development, management believes that research and development expenses as a percentage of 
revenues could increase in the future. 

We operate in a highly competitive business and if we are unable to be competitive, our financial condition could be adversely 
affected. 

Several  of  our  competitors  have  been  able  to  offer  more  standardized  and  less  technologically  advanced  hearing  and  professional 
audio communication products at lower prices. Price competition has had an adverse effect on our sales and margins. Many of our 
competitors are larger than us and have greater research and development resources, marketing and financial resources, manufacturing 
capability and customer support organizations than we have. There can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain or enhance 
our technical capabilities or compete successfully with our existing and future competitors. 

Merger  and  acquisition  activity  in  our  hearing  health  market  has  resulted  in  a  smaller  customer  base.  Reliance  on  fewer 
customers may have an adverse effect on us. 

Several of our customers in the hearing health market have undergone mergers or acquisitions, resulting in a smaller customer base 
with larger customers. If we are unable to maintain satisfactory relationships with the reduced customer base, it may adversely affect 
our operating profits and revenue. 

12 

Unfavorable legislation in the hearing health market may decrease the demand for our products, and may negatively impact 
our financial condition. 

In some of our foreign markets, government subsidies cover a portion of the cost of hearing aids. A change in legislation that would 
reduce or eliminate these subsidies could decrease the demand for our hearing health products. This could result in an adverse effect 
on our operating results. We are unable to predict the likelihood of any such legislation. 

Our failure, or the failure of our customers, to obtain required governmental approvals and maintain regulatory compliance 
for regulated products would adversely affect our ability to generate revenue from those products. 

The markets in which our business operates are subject to extensive and rigorous regulation by the FDA and by comparable agencies 
in foreign countries. In the United States, the FDA regulates the design control, development, manufacturing, labeling, record keeping, 
and surveillance procedures for our medical devices and those of our customers 

The process of obtaining marketing clearance or approvals from the FDA for new products and new applications for existing products 
can be time-consuming and expensive, and there is no assurance that such clearance/approvals will be granted, or that the FDA review 
will  not  involve  delays  that  would  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  commercialize  additional  products  or  additional  applications  for 
existing products. Some of our products in the research and development stage may be subject to a lengthy and expensive pre-market 
approval process with the FDA. The FDA has the authority to control the indicated uses of a device. Products can also be withdrawn 
from the market due to failure to comply with regulatory standards or the occurrence of unforeseen problems. The FDA regulations 
depend heavily on administrative interpretation, and there can be no assurance that future interpretations made by the FDA or other 
regulatory bodies, with possible retroactive effect, will not adversely affect us. 

The registration system for our medical devices in the EU requires that our quality system conform to international quality standards. 
Manufacturing facilities and processes under which our ECG recorder devices and hearing aid devices are produced, are inspected and 
audited  by  various  certifying  bodies.  These  audits  verify  our  compliance  with  applicable  requirements  and  standards.  Further,  the 
FDA,  various  state  agencies  and  foreign  regulatory  agencies  inspect  our  facilities  to  determine  whether  we  are  in  compliance  with 
various regulations relating to quality systems, such as manufacturing practices, validation, testing, quality control, product labeling 
and  product  surveillance.  A  determination  that  we  are  in  violation  of  such  regulations  could  lead  to  imposition  of  civil  penalties, 
including fines, product recalls or product seizures, suspensions or shutdown of production and, in extreme cases, criminal sanctions, 
depending on the nature of the violation. 

Further, to the extent that any of our customers to whom we supply products become subject to regulatory actions or delays, our sales 
to those customers could be reduced, delayed or suspended, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales and earnings. 

Implementation of our growth strategy may not be successful, which could affect our ability to increase revenues. 

Our growth strategy includes developing new products and entering new markets, as well as identifying and integrating acquisitions. 
Our ability to compete in new markets will depend upon a number of factors including, among others: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

• 
• 

our ability to create demand for products in new markets; 
our ability to manage growth effectively; 
our ability to strengthen our sales and marketing presence; 
our ability to successfully identify, complete and integrate acquisitions; 
our ability to respond to changes in our customers’ businesses by updating existing products and introducing, in a timely 
fashion, new products which meet the needs of our customers; 
the quality of our new products; and 
our ability to respond rapidly to technological change. 

The  failure  to  do  any  of  the  foregoing  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of 
operations. In addition, we may face competition in these new markets from various companies that may have substantially greater 
research and development resources, marketing and financial resources, manufacturing capability and customer support organizations. 

We have foreign operations in Singapore, Indonesia, the United Kingdom and Germany, and various factors relating to our 
international operations could affect our results of operations.  

In 2015, we operated in Singapore, Indonesia, the United Kingdom and Germany. Approximately 15 percent of our revenues were 
derived from our facilities in these countries in 2015. As of December 31, 2015 approximately 24 percent of our long-lived assets are 
located in these countries. Political or economic instability in these countries could have an adverse impact on our results of operations 
due  to  diminished  revenues  in  these  countries.  Our  future  revenues,  costs  of  operations  and  profit  results  could  be  affected  by  a 
number of factors related to our international operations, including changes in foreign currency exchange rates, changes in economic 
conditions  from  country  to  country,  changes  in  a  country’s  political  condition,  trade  protection  measures,  licensing  and  other  legal 
requirements  and  local  tax  issues.  Unanticipated  currency  fluctuations  in  the  British  pound,  euro,  Singapore  dollar  and  other 

13 

currencies  could  lead  to  lower  reported  consolidated  revenues  due  to  the  translation  of  this  currency  into  U.S.  dollars  when  we 
consolidate our revenues and results from operations. 

The  recent  recessions  in  Europe  and  the  debt  crisis  in  certain  countries  in  the  European  Union  could  negatively  affect  our 
ability to conduct business in those geographies.  

The recent debt crisis in certain European countries could cause the value of the euro to deteriorate, reducing the purchasing power of 
our  European  customers.  Financial  difficulties  experienced  by  our  suppliers  and  customers,  including  distributors,  could  result  in 
product delays and inventory issues; risks to accounts receivable could also include delays in collection and greater bad debt expense. 
Also,  the  effect  of  the  debt  crisis  in  certain  European  countries  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  capital  markets  generally, 
specifically impacting our ability and the ability of our customers to finance our and their respective businesses on acceptable terms, if 
at all, the availability of materials and supplies and demand for our products. 

We recently completed the acquisition of the assets of PC Werth and we may explore other acquisitions that complement or 
expand our business. Acquisitions pose significant risks and may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition 
and operating results.  

We  recently  completed  the  acquisition  of  the  assets  of  PC  Werth.  We  may  explore  opportunities  to  buy  other  businesses  or 
technologies that could complement, enhance or expand our current business or product lines or that might otherwise offer us growth 
opportunities.  We  may  have  difficulty  finding  these  opportunities  or,  if  we  do  identify  these  opportunities,  we  may  not  be  able  to 
complete  the  transactions  for  various  reasons,  including  a  failure  to  secure  financing.  The  PC  Werth  acquisition,  and  any  other 
transactions  that  we  are  able  to  identify  and  complete,  involve  a  number  of  risks,  including:  the  diversion  of  our  management’s 
attention from our existing business to integrate the operations and personnel of the acquired or combined business or joint venture; 
possible adverse effects on our operating results during the integration process; unanticipated liabilities and litigation; and our possible 
inability to achieve the intended objectives of the transaction. In addition, we may not be able to successfully or profitably integrate, 
operate, maintain and manage our newly acquired operations or employees. Future acquisitions also may result in dilutive issuances of 
equity securities or the incurrence of additional debt. 

We may experience difficulty in paying our debt when it comes due, which could limit our ability to obtain financing. 

As of December 31, 2015, we had bank debt of $9,837. Our ability to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness as it comes 
due  will  depend  upon  our  current  and  future  performance.  Our  performance  is  affected  by  general  economic  conditions  and  by 
financial, competitive, political, business and other factors. Many of these factors are beyond our control. We believe that availability 
under our existing credit facility combined with funds expected to be generated from operations and control of capital spending will be 
sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for operating needs for at least the next 12 months. If, however, we are unable to 
renew these facilities or obtain waivers for covenant defaults in the future or do not generate sufficient cash, we may be required to 
seek additional financing or sell equity on terms which may not be as favorable as we could have otherwise obtained. No assurance 
can  be  given  that  any  refinancing,  additional  borrowing  or  sale  of  equity  will  be  possible  when  needed  or  that  we  will  be  able  to 
negotiate  acceptable  terms.  In  addition,  our  access  to  capital  is  affected  by  prevailing  conditions  in  the  financial  and  equity  capital 
markets, as well as our own financial condition and performance. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources”. 

If we fail to meet our financial and other covenants under our loan agreements with our lenders, absent a waiver, we will be in 
default of the loan agreements and our lenders can take actions that would adversely affect our business.  

There can be no assurances that we will be able to maintain compliance with the financial and other covenants in our loan agreements. 
In the event we are unable to comply with these covenants during future periods, it is uncertain whether our lenders will grant waivers 
for our non-compliance. If there is an event of default by us under our loan agreements, our lenders have the option to, among other 
things,  accelerate  any  and  all  of  our  obligations  under  the  loan  agreements  which  would  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our 
business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Our success depends on our senior management team and if we are not able to retain them, it could have a materially adverse 
effect on us. 

We are highly dependent upon the continued services and experience of our senior management team, including Mark S. Gorder, our 
President,  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  director.  We  depend  on  the  services  of  Mr.  Gorder  and  the  other  members  of  our  senior 
management team to, among other things, continue the development and implementation of our business strategies and maintain and 
develop our client relationships. We do not maintain key-man life insurance for any members of our senior management team. 

Cybersecurity  incidents  could  disrupt  business  operations,  result  in  the  loss  of  critical  and  confidential  information,  and 
adversely impact our reputation and results of operations. 

Global  cybersecurity  threats  can  range  from  uncoordinated  individual  attempts  to  gain  unauthorized  access  to  our  information 
technology  (IT)  systems  to  sophisticated  and  targeted  measures  known  as  advanced  persistent  threats.  While  we  employ 
comprehensive measures to prevent, detect, address and mitigate these threats (including access controls, vulnerability assessments, 
14 

continuous monitoring of our IT networks and systems and maintenance of backup and protective systems), cybersecurity incidents, 
depending  on  their  nature  and  scope,  could  potentially  result  in  the  misappropriation,  destruction,  corruption  or  unavailability  of 
critical data and confidential or proprietary information (our own or that of third parties) and the disruption of business operations. 
The  potential  consequences  of  a  material  cybersecurity  incident  include  reputational  damage,  loss  of  customers,  litigation  with 
customers  and  other  parties,  loss  of  trade  secrets  and  other  proprietary  business  data,  diminution  in  the  value  of  our  investment  in 
research, development and engineering, and increased cybersecurity protection and remediation costs, which in turn could adversely 
affect our competitiveness and results of operations. 

Our  future  success  depends  in  part  on  the  continued  service  of  our  engineering  and  technical  personnel  and  our  ability  to 
identify, hire and retain additional personnel. 

There is intense competition for qualified personnel in our markets. We may not be able to continue to attract and retain engineers or 
other  qualified  personnel  necessary  for  the  development  and  growth  of  our  business  or  to  replace  engineers  or  other  qualified 
personnel who may leave our employ in the future. The failure to retain and recruit key technical personnel could cause additional 
expense, potentially reduce the efficiency of our operations and could harm our business. 

We and/or our customers may be unable to protect our and their proprietary technology and intellectual property rights or 
keep up with that of competitors. 

Our  ability  to  compete  effectively  against  other  companies  in  our  markets  depends,  in  part,  on  our  ability  and  the  ability  of  our 
customers to protect our and their current and future proprietary technology under patent, copyright, trademark, trade secret and unfair 
competition laws. We cannot assure that our means of protecting our proprietary rights in the United States or abroad will be adequate, 
or that others will not develop technologies similar or superior to our technology or design around the proprietary rights we own or 
license. In addition, we may incur substantial costs in attempting to protect our proprietary rights. 

Also,  despite  the  steps  taken  by  us  to  protect  our  proprietary  rights,  it  may  be  possible  for  unauthorized  third  parties  to  copy  or 
reverse-engineer aspects of our and our customers’ products, develop similar technology independently or otherwise obtain and use 
information that we or our customers regard as proprietary. We and our customers may be unable to successfully identify or prosecute 
unauthorized uses of our or our customers’ technology. 

If we become subject to material intellectual property infringement claims, we could incur significant expenses and could be 
prevented from selling specific products.  

We may become subject to material claims that we infringe the intellectual property rights of others in the future. We cannot assure 
that,  if  made,  these  claims  will  not  be  successful.  Any  claim  of  infringement  could  cause  us  to  incur  substantial  costs  defending 
against  the  claim  even  if  the  claim  is  invalid,  and  could  distract  management  from  other  business.  Any  judgment  against  us  could 
require substantial payment in damages and could also include an injunction or other court order that could prevent us from offering 
certain products. 

Environmental liability and compliance obligations may affect our operations and results. 

Our manufacturing operations are subject to a variety of environmental laws and regulations as well as internal programs and policies 
governing: 

air emissions; 

• 
•  wastewater discharges; 
• 
• 

the storage, use, handling, disposal and remediation of hazardous substances, wastes and chemicals; and 
employee health and safety. 

If violations of environmental laws occur, we could be held liable for damages, penalties, fines and remedial actions. Our operations 
and  results  could  be  adversely  affected  by  any  material  obligations  arising  from  existing  laws,  as  well  as  any  required  material 
modifications  arising  from  new  regulations  that  may  be  enacted  in  the  future.  We  may  also  be  held  liable  for  past  disposal  of 
hazardous substances generated by our business or former businesses or businesses we acquire. In addition, it is possible that we may 
be held liable for contamination discovered at our present or former facilities. 

We are subject to numerous asbestos-related lawsuits, which could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations 
or liquidity. 

We  are  a defendant  along with  a  number  of  other parties  in  lawsuits  alleging  that plaintiffs have or may  have  contracted  asbestos-
related diseases as a result of exposure to asbestos products or equipment containing asbestos sold by one or more named defendants. 
These lawsuits relate to the discontinued heat technologies segment which we sold in March 2005. Due to the non-informative nature 
of  the  complaints,  we  do  not  know  whether  any  of  the  complaints  state  valid  claims  against  us.  Certain  insurance  carriers  have 
informed  us  that  the  primary  policies  for  the  period  August  1,  1970-1978  have  been  exhausted  and  that  the  carriers  will  no  longer 
provide defense and insurance coverage under those policies. However, we have other primary and excess insurance policies that we 
believe afford coverage for later years. Some of these other primary insurers have accepted defense and insurance coverage for these 
15 

suits, and some of them have either ignored our tender of defense of these cases, or have denied coverage, or have accepted the tenders 
but asserted a reservation of rights and/or advised us that they need to investigate further. Because settlement payments are applied to 
all years a litigant was deemed to have been exposed to asbestos, we believe we will have funds available for defense and insurance 
coverage under the non-exhausted primary and excess insurance policies. However, unlike the older policies, the more recent policies 
have deductible amounts for defense and settlements costs that we will be required to pay; accordingly, we expect that our litigation 
costs will increase in the future as the older policies are exhausted. Further, many of the policies covering later years (approximately 
1984 and thereafter) have exclusions for any asbestos products or operations, and thus do not provide insurance coverage for asbestos-
related lawsuits. If our insurance policies do not cover the costs and any awards for the asbestos-related lawsuits, we will have to use 
our cash or obtain additional financing to pay the asbestos-related obligations and settlement costs. There is no assurance that we will 
have the cash or be able to obtain additional financings on favorable terms to pay asbestos related obligations or settlements should 
they  occur.  The  ultimate  outcome  of  any  legal  matter  cannot  be  predicted  with  certainty.  In  light  of  the  significant  uncertainty 
associated with asbestos lawsuits, there is no guarantee that these lawsuits will not materially adversely affect our financial position, 
results of operations or liquidity. 

The  market  price  of  our  common  stock  has  been  and  is  likely  to  continue  to  be  volatile  and  there  has  been  limited  trading 
volume in our stock, which may make it difficult for shareholders to resell common stock when they want to and at prices they 
find attractive. 

The market price of our common stock has been and is likely to be highly volatile, and there has been limited trading volume in our 
common stock. The common stock market price could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a variety of factors, including the 
following: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

announcements of fluctuations in our or our competitors’ operating results; 
the timing and announcement of sales or acquisitions of assets by us or our competitors; 
changes in estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; 
adverse or unfavorable publicity about our products, technologies or us; 
the commencement of material litigation, or an unfavorable verdict, against us; 
terrorist attacks, war and threats of attacks and war; 
additions or departures of key personnel; and 
sales of common stock. 

In addition, the stock market in recent years has experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. Such volatility has affected 
many companies irrespective of, or disproportionately to, the operating performance of these companies. These broad fluctuations and 
limited trading volume may materially adversely affect the market price of our common stock, and your ability to sell our common 
stock. 

Most of our outstanding shares are available for resale in the public market without restriction. The sale of a large number of these 
shares could adversely affect the share price and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of equity securities or make 
acquisitions for common stock. 

“Anti-takeover” provisions may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the change in control 
would be beneficial to shareholders. 

We  are  a  Pennsylvania  corporation.  Anti-takeover  provisions  in  Pennsylvania  law  and  our  charter  and  bylaws  could  make  it  more 
difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. These provisions could adversely affect the market price of the common stock and 
could reduce the amount that shareholders might receive if we are sold. For example, our charter provides that the board of directors 
may  issue  preferred  stock  without  shareholder  approval.  In  addition,  our  bylaws  provide  for  a  classified  board,  with  each  board 
member serving a staggered three-year term. Directors may be removed by shareholders only with the approval of the holders of at 
least two-thirds of all of the shares outstanding and entitled to vote. 

16 

If we fail to maintain an effective system of internal controls, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results or 
prevent fraud. As a result, current and potential shareholders and customers could lose confidence in our financial reporting, 
which could harm our business, the trading price of our stock and our ability to retain our current customers or obtain new 
customers.  

Pursuant  to  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002,  referred  to  as  Section  404,  we  are  required  to  include  in  our  Annual 
Reports on Form 10-K, our management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Currently, we are not required to include 
a report of our independent registered public accounting firm on our internal controls because we are a “smaller reporting company” 
under SEC rules; therefore, shareholders do not have the benefit of an independent review of our internal controls. While we have 
reported no “material weaknesses” in the Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, we cannot guarantee that we will 
not have material weaknesses in the future. Compliance with the requirements of Section 404 is expensive and time-consuming. If in 
the future we fail to complete this evaluation in a timely manner, or if we determine that we have a material weakness, we could be 
subject to regulatory scrutiny and a loss of public confidence in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, any failure to 
establish an effective system of disclosure controls and procedures could cause our current and potential investors and customers to 
lose confidence in our financial reporting and disclosure required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which could adversely 
affect our business and the market price of our common stock. 

17 

 
ITEM 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 2. 

Properties 

The Company leases seven facilities, three domestically and four internationally, as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

a 47,000 sq. ft. manufacturing facility in Arden Hills, Minnesota, which also serves as the Company’s headquarters, from a 
partnership consisting of two former officers of IntriCon Inc. and Mark S. Gorder who serves as the chairman of the board, 
president and CEO of the Company. At this facility, the Company manufactures body-worn devices, other than plastic 
component parts. Annual base rent expense, including real estate taxes and other charges, is approximately $486. The 
Company believes the terms of the lease agreement are comparable to those which could be obtained from unaffiliated third 
parties. As amended, this lease expires in November 2016. 
a 46,000 sq. ft. building in Vadnais Heights, Minnesota at which IntriCon produces plastic component parts for body-worn 
devices. Annual base rent expense, including real estate taxes and other charges, is approximately $406. This lease expires in 
December 2017. 
a 4,000 square foot building in Escondido, California, which houses assembly operations and administrative offices relating 
to our cardiac monitoring business. Annual base rent expense, including real estate taxes and other charges, is approximately 
$47. This lease expires in April 2016. 
a 28,000 square foot building in Singapore which houses production facilities and administrative offices. Annual base rent 
expense, including real estate taxes and other charges, of the 24,000 square foot portion of the building we use is 
approximately $366. This lease expires in October 2020. 
a 15,000 square foot facility in Indonesia which houses production facilities. Annual base rent expense, including real estate 
taxes and other charges is approximately $97. This lease expires in July 2016. 
a 2,000 square foot facility in Germany which houses sales and administrative offices. Annual base rent expense, including 
real estate taxes and other charges, is approximately $30. This lease expires in June 2017. 
a facility in United Kingdom which houses sales and administrative offices. Annual base rent expense, including real estate 
taxes and other charges, is approximately $252. This lease expires in April 2016. 

See Notes 14 and 15 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements in Item 8 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

ITEM 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

The  Company  is  a  defendant  along  with  a  number  of  other  parties  in  lawsuits  alleging  that  plaintiffs  have  or  may  have  contracted 
asbestos-related diseases as a result of exposure to asbestos products or equipment containing asbestos sold by one or more named 
defendants.  These  lawsuits  relate  to  the  discontinued  heat  technologies  segment  which  was  sold  in  March  2005.  Due  to  the  non-
informative  nature  of  the  complaints,  the  Company  does  not  know  whether  any  of  the  complaints  state  valid  claims  against  the 
Company. Certain insurance carriers have informed the Company that the primary policies for the period August 1, 1970-1978 have 
been  exhausted  and  that  the  carriers  will  no  longer  provide  defense  and  insurance  coverage  under  those  policies.  However,  the 
Company has other primary and excess insurance policies that the Company believes afford coverage for later years. Some of these 
other  primary  insurers  have  accepted  defense  and  insurance  coverage  for  these  suits,  and  some  of  them  have  either  ignored  the 
Company’s tender of defense of these cases, or have denied coverage, or have accepted the tenders but asserted a reservation of rights 
and/or advised the Company that they need to investigate further. Because settlement payments are applied to all years a litigant was 
deemed to have been exposed to asbestos, the Company believes that it will have funds available for defense and insurance coverage 
under  the  non-exhausted  primary  and  excess  insurance  policies.  However,  unlike  the  older  policies,  the  more  recent  policies  have 
deductible amounts for defense and settlements costs that the Company will be required to pay; accordingly, the Company expects that 
its litigation costs will increase in the future. Further, many of the policies covering later years (approximately 1984 and thereafter) 
have exclusions for any asbestos products or operations, and thus do not provide insurance coverage for asbestos-related lawsuits. The 
Company does not believe that the asserted exhaustion of some of the primary insurance coverage for the 1970-1978 period will have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  financial  condition,  liquidity,  or  results  of  operations.  Management  believes  that  the  number  of 
insurance carriers involved in the defense of the suits, and the significant number of policy years and policy limits under which these 
insurance  carriers  are  insuring  the  Company,  make  the  ultimate  disposition  of  these  lawsuits  not  material  to  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

The Company’s former wholly owned French subsidiary, Selas SAS, filed for insolvency in France. The Company may be subject to 
additional  litigation  or  liabilities  as  a  result  of  the  completion  of  the  French  insolvency  proceeding,  including  liabilities  under 
guarantees aggregating approximately $421. 

18 

The  Company  is  also  involved  in  other  lawsuits  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business,  as  further  described  in  Note  14  to  the 
consolidated  financial  statements  in  Item  8.  While  it  is  not  possible  to  predict  with  certainty  the  outcome  of  these  matters, 
management is of the opinion that the disposition of these lawsuits and claims will not materially affect the Company’s consolidated 
financial position, liquidity, or results of operations. 

ITEM 4. 

Mine Safety Disclosures 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 4A. 

Executive Officers of the Registrant 

The names, ages and offices (as of February 23, 2016) of the Company’s executive officers were as follows: 

Name 
Mark S. Gorder 
Scott Longval 
Michael P. Geraci 
Dennis L. Gonsior 
Greg Gruenhagen 

Age 
69 
39 
57 
57 
62 

Position

   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director of the Company 
   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of the Company 
   Vice President, Sales and Marketing 
   Vice President, Global Operations 
   Vice President, Corporate Quality and Regulatory Affairs 

Mr.  Gorder  joined  the  Company  in  October  1993  when  Resistance  Technology,  Inc.  (RTI)  (now  known  as  IntriCon,  Inc.)  was 
acquired by the Company. Mr. Gorder received a Bachelor of Arts degree in Mathematics from the St. Olaf College, a Bachelor of 
Science  degree  in  Electrical  Engineering  from  the  University  of  Minnesota  and  a  Master  of  Business  Administration  from  the 
University of Minnesota. Prior to the acquisition, Mr. Gorder was President and one of the founders of RTI, which began operations in 
1977. Mr. Gorder was promoted to Vice President of the Company and elected to the Board of Directors in April 1996. In December 
2000,  he  was  elected  President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  and  in  April  2001,  Mr.  Gorder  assumed  the  role  of  Chief  Executive 
Officer. 

Mr.  Longval  has  served  as  the  Company’s  Chief  Financial  Officer  since  July  2006.  Mr.  Longval  received  a  Bachelor  of  Science 
degree  in  Accounting  from  the  University  of St.  Thomas.  Prior  to being  appointed  as CFO,  Mr.  Longval  served  as  the  Company’s 
Corporate  Controller  since  September  2005.  Prior  to  joining  the  Company,  Mr.  Longval  was  Principal  Project  Analyst  at  ADC 
Telecommunications, Inc., a provider of innovative network infrastructure products and services, from March 2005 until September 
2005.  From  May  2002  until  March  2005  he  was  employed  by  Accellent,  Inc.,  formerly  MedSource  Technologies,  a  provider  of 
outsourcing solutions to the medical device industry, most recently as Manager of Financial Planning and Analysis. From September 
1998 until April 2002, he was employed by Arthur Andersen, most recently as experienced audit senior. 

Mr. Geraci joined the Company in October 1983. Mr. Geraci received a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from 
Bradley University and a Master of Business Administration from the University of Minnesota – Carlson School of Business. He has 
served as the Company’s Vice President of Sales and Marketing since January 1995. 

Mr.  Gonsior  joined  the  Company  in  February  1982.  Mr.  Gonsior  received  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  Saint  Cloud  State 
University. He has served as the Company’s Vice President of Operations since January 1996. 

Mr.  Gruenhagen  joined  the  Company  in  November  1984.  Mr.  Gruenhagen  received  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  Iowa  State 
University. He has served as the Company’s Vice President of Corporate Quality and Regulatory Affairs since December 2007. Prior 
to that, Mr. Gruenhagen served as Director of Corporate Quality since 2004 and Director of Project Management since 2000. 

19 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
PART II 

ITEM 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer 
Purchases of Equity Securities 

The Company’s common shares are listed on the NASDAQ Global Market under the ticker symbol “IIN”. 

Market and Dividend Information 

The high and low sale prices of the Company’s common stock during each quarterly period during the past two years were as follows: 

Quarter 
   First 
   Second 
   Third 
   Fourth 

    $ 

2015 Market Price Range 

2014 Market Price Range 

High 

Low 

High 

Low 

8.50     
8.16     
8.30     
8.65     

6.54    $
7.03     
5.59     
6.13     

5.11     
8.90     
8.88     
6.95     

3.78  
4.42  
5.74  
5.55  

The closing sale price of the Company’s common stock on February 23, 2016, was $7.23 per share. 

At February 23, 2016 the Company had 248 shareholders of record of common stock. Such number does not reflect shareholders who 
beneficially own common stock in nominee or street name. 

The Company currently intends to retain any future earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of its 
business and does not intend to pay cash dividends on its common stock for the foreseeable future. Any payment of future dividends 
will  be  at  the  discretion  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  will  depend  upon,  among  other  things,  the  Company’s  earnings,  financial 
condition,  capital  requirements,  level  of  indebtedness,  contractual  restrictions  with  respect  to  the  payment  of  dividends,  and  other 
factors  that  the  Board  of  Directors  deems  relevant.  Terms  of  the  Company’s  banking  agreements  prohibit  the  payment  of  cash 
dividends without prior bank approval. 

See  “Item  12.  Security  Ownership  of  Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  and  Related  Stockholder  Matters  —  Equity 
Compensation Plans” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosure regarding our equity compensation plans. 

In 2015, the Company did not sell any unregistered securities and did not repurchase any of its securities. 

20 

  
  
        
        
        
        
  
  
    
   
  
      
     
     
     
  
      
      
      
ITEM 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Year Ended December 31 

2015

2014

2013

2012 

2011

Sales, net 

Gross profit 

  $

69,739    $

68,303    $

52,961    $ 

59,955    $ 

52,095 

19,003     

18,484     

12,169      

15,299      

12,650 

Operating expenses 

16,237     

15,076     

13,507      

13,231      

12,709 

Interest Expense 
Gain on sale of investment in partnership 
Other income (expense), net 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before 
income taxes and discontinued operations 

(369)    
—     
(261)    

(461)    
—     
(1)    

(600)     
—      
(135)     

(755)     
822      
(212)     

2,136     

2,946     

(2,073)     

1,923      

Income tax (expense) benefit 

(19)    

(428)    

(217)     

(164)     

(609)
— 
226 

(442)

160 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before 

discontinued operations 

Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of 

income taxes 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income 

taxes 

Net income (loss) 
Less: Loss allocated to non-controlling interest 
Net income (loss) attributable to IntriCon 

2,117     

2,518     

(2,290)     

1,759      

(282)

—     

(120)    

—      

—      

— 

—     
2,117     
(111)    

(150)    
2,248     
—     

(3,872)     
(6,162)     
—      

(1,050)     
709      
—      

(1,143)
(1,425)
— 

shareholders 

  $

2,228    $

2,248    $

(6,162)   $ 

709    $ 

(1,425)

Basic income (loss) per share attributable to IntriCon 

shareholders: 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Net income (loss) 

Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to 

IntriCon shareholders: 
Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Net income (loss) 

Weighted average number of shares outstanding 

during year: 
Basic 
Diluted 

  $

  $

  $

  $

0.38    $
—     
0.38    $

0.43    $
(0.05)    
0.39    $

(0.40)   $ 
(0.68)     
(1.08)   $ 

0.31    $ 
(0.19)     
0.13    $ 

0.36    $
—     
0.36    $

0.42    $
(0.04)    
0.37    $

(0.40)   $ 
(0.68)     
(1.08)   $ 

0.30    $ 
(0.18)     
0.12    $ 

(0.05)
(0.20)
(0.25)

(0.05)
(0.20)
(0.25)

5,907     
6,241     

5,791     
6,038     

5,699      
5,699      

5,669      
5,888      

5,599 
5,599 

21 

  
      
        
        
        
          
 
  
   
   
     
   
 
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
   
   
   
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
   
   
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
      
      
       
       
  
   
   
  
Other Financial Highlights 

Year Ended December 31 

2015

2014

2013 (b)

2012 (b) 

2011 (b)

Working capital (a) 
Total assets 
Long-term debt 
Equity 
Depreciation and amortization 

11,303     
41,886     
7,929     
18,897     
1,755     

7,804     
33,961     
4,627     
16,107     
2,182     

5,978      
32,720      
6,271      
13,308      
2,402      

8,893     
39,132     
7,222     
18,722     
1,983     

8,207 
40,730 
8,217 
17,446 
2,083 

  (a)  Working capital is equal to current assets less current liabilities. 
  (b) 

In 2013, the Company classified its security and certain microphone, and receiver operations as discontinued operations. The 
Company revised its financial statements for 2011 and 2012 to reflect the discontinued operations. 

22 

  
      
        
        
        
        
 
  
   
   
     
   
 
  
    
      
      
       
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
ITEM 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Company Overview 

IntriCon Corporation (together with its subsidiaries, the “Company” or “IntriCon”, “we”, “us” or “our”) is an international company 
engaged  in  designing,  developing,  engineering,  manufacturing  and  distributing  body-worn  devices.  The  Company  serves  the  body-
worn  device  market  by  designing,  developing,  engineering,  manufacturing  and  distributing  micro-miniature  products, 
microelectronics, micro-mechanical assemblies and complete assemblies, primarily for bio-telemetry devices, hearing instruments and 
professional audio communication devices. 

As discussed below, the Company has one operating segment - its body-worn device segment. Our expertise in this segment is focused 
on three main markets: emerging value hearing health, medical bio-telemetry and professional audio communications. Within these 
chosen markets, we combine ultra-miniature mechanical and electronics capabilities with proprietary technology – including ultra low 
power (ULP) wireless and digital signal processing (DSP) capabilities – that enhances the performance of body-worn devices. 

Business Highlights  

The Company reported its strongest financial results in over a decade, surpassing 2014 results, including its strongest revenue, margin 
and earnings since the rebranding of the Company in 2005. 

On  November  3,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  of  PC  Werth,  a  leading  supplier  of  hearing  healthcare  products  and 
equipment to the United Kingdom’s National Health Service (NHS). The NHS is the largest purchaser of hearing aids in the world, 
supplying an estimated 1.2 million hearing aids annually. 

On  November  2nd,  2015,  the  company  launched  JD  Edwards  EnterpriseOne  platform,  a  $2,400  investment  in  an  integrated 
applications  suite  of  comprehensive  enterprise  resource  planning  (ERP)  software,  to  further  support  its  global  manufacturing  and 
distribution footprint. 

On  September  14,  2015,  the  Company  and  The  Academy  of  Doctors  of  Audiology  (ADA),  announced  a  joint  venture  to  provide 
hearing instruments and educational resources that offer unprecedented value for audiologists and their patients. 

On  March  31,  2015,  the  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  entered  into  a  Seventh  Amendment  to  the  Loan  and  Security 
Agreement and Waiver with The PrivateBank and Trust Company, which among other things extended the maturity date of the term 
loan  and  revolving  credit  facility  to  February  28,  2019  (See  Note  8  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements  included 
herein). 

Forward–Looking Statements 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read together with our financial 
statements and the related notes appearing in Item 8 of this report. This discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements 
that  involve  risks,  uncertainties  and  assumptions.  Our  actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  those  anticipated  in  these  forward- 
looking statements as a result of many factors, including but not limited to those under the heading “Risk Factors” in Item 1A of this 
Annual Report on Form 10-K. See also Item 1. “Business—Forward-Looking Statements” for more information. 

23 

Results of Operations: 2015 Compared with 2014 

Consolidated Net Sales 

Our  net  sales  are  comprised  of  three  main  markets:  medical,  hearing  health,  and  professional  audio  -  collectively  our  body-worn 
device segment. Below is a recap of our sales by main markets for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: 

Medical 
Hearing Health 
Professional Audio Communications 
Consolidated Net Sales 

2015

2014

Change

Dollars  

Percent 

  $

  $

40,821    $
21,089     
7,829     
69,739    $

35,109    $ 
22,959      
10,235      
68,303    $ 

5,712     
(1,870)    
(2,406)    
1,436     

16.3%
-8.1%
-23.5%
2.1%

In 2015, we experienced a 16.3 percent increase in medical sales primarily driven by higher sales to Medtronic and other key medical 
customers.  Management  believes  that  the  industry-wide  trend  to  shift  the  point  of  care  from  expensive  traditional  settings,  such  as 
hospitals, to less expensive non-traditional settings like the home, will result in growth of the medical bio-telemetry industry. IntriCon 
currently serves this market by offering medical manufacturers the capabilities to design, develop, manufacture and distribute medical 
devices that are easier to use, are more miniature, use less power, and are lighter. IntriCon has a strong presence in both the diabetes 
market,  with  its  Medtronic  partnership,  and  cardiac  diagnostic  monitoring  bio-telemetry  market.  The  Company  believes  there  are 
growth opportunities  in  these  markets  as well  other  emerging  biotelemetry  and home  care  markets,  such  as  sleep  apnea,  that could 
benefit from its capabilities to develop devices that are more technologically advanced, smaller and lightweight. 

Net sales in our hearing health business for the year ended December 31, 2015 decreased 8.1 percent over the same period in 2014. 
The decrease was primarily due to weaker sales to the conventional hearing health channel, partially offset by gain in our emerging 
value  hearing  health  business.  IntriCon  believes  it  is  very  well  positioned  to  serve  value  hearing  health  market  channels.  The 
Company will be aggressively pursuing larger customers who can benefit from our value proposition. Over the past several years, the 
Company  has  invested  heavily  in  core  technologies,  product  platforms  and  its  global  manufacturing  capabilities  geared  to  provide 
high-tech, lower-cost hearing devices. Market dynamics, such as low penetration rates, an aging population, and the need for reduced 
cost and convenience, have resulted in the emergence of alternative care models, such the insurance channel and PSAP channel. 

Net sales to the professional audio device sector decreased 23.5 percent in 2015 compared to the same period in 2014. During 2014, 
the  Company  completed  a  contract  with  the  Singapore  government  to  provide  technically  advanced  headsets  worn  in  military 
applications, which makes up a large portion of the period over period decrease. IntriCon will continue to leverage its core technology 
in professional audio to support existing customers, as well as pursue related hearing health and medical product opportunities. 

Gross Profit 

Gross profit, both in dollars and as a percent of sales, for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, were as follows:  

Gross Profit 

  $

19,003       

27.2%  $

18,484     

27.1%   $

519     

2.8%

2015 

Dollars 

Percent 
of Sales

2014

Percent 
of Sales

Dollars

Change

Dollars 

Percent

The 2015 gross profit increase over the comparable prior year period was primarily due to higher overall sales volumes. 

Sales and Marketing, General and Administrative and Research and Development Expenses 

Sales and marketing, general and administrative and research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 
2014 were: 

  $
Sales and Marketing 
General and Administrative      
Research and Development 

2015 

Dollars 

3,919       
7,104       
5,214       

Percent  
of Sales

5.6%  $
10.2%   
7.5%   

2014

Dollars

3,699     
6,462     
4,832     

Percent  
of Sales

Change

Dollars 

Percent

5.4%   $
9.5%     
7.1%     

220     
642     
382     

5.9%
9.9%
7.9%

24 

  
      
        
        
        
  
  
   
      
    
 
  
 
   
    
   
 
   
   
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
  
 
 
     
 
  
  
    
 
 
   
     
   
 
  
      
        
         
        
         
        
  
  
  
 
 
     
 
  
    
      
 
   
     
       
     
 
    
  
Sales and marketing expenses increased due to the addition of experienced professionals and to support VHH initiatives including the 
acquisition of PC Werth. General and administrative expenses and research and development are greater than the prior year primarily 
due to the aforementioned VHH initiatives and support costs related to our ERP system upgrade. 

Restructuring charges 

On June 13, 2013, the Company announced a global strategic restructuring plan designed to accelerate the Company’s future growth 
by  focusing  resources  on  the  highest  potential  growth  areas  and  reduce  costs.  During  2014,  the  Company  incurred  restructuring 
charges of $83, primarily related to employee termination benefits, from the restructuring of its continuing operations. The Company 
incurred  no  restructuring  charges  in  2015  and  in  the  future,  does  not  expect  to  incur  any  additional  cash  charges  related  to  this 
restructuring. 

Interest Expense 

Interest expense for 2015 was $369, a decrease of $92 from $461 in 2014. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to lower 
interest rates compared to the prior year. 

Other Income (Expense), net 

In 2015, other income (expense), net was $(261) compared to $(1) in 2014 primarily due to the costs incurred in the acquisition of the 
assets of PC Werth in 2015 and a royalty payment that was received in 2014. 

Income Tax Expense  
Income taxes were as follows: 

Income tax expense 
Percentage of income tax expense of income from 
continuing operations before income taxes and 
discontinued operations 

2015

2014

  $

19     $

428  

0.9%   

14.5%

The expense in 2015 and 2014 was primarily due to foreign taxes on German and Indonesia operations partially offset by a Singapore 
tax benefit. The Company is in a net operating loss position (“NOL”) for US federal and state income tax purposes, but our deferred 
tax  asset  related  to  the  NOL  carry  forwards  have  been  largely  offset  by  a  full  valuation  allowance.  We  incur  minimal  income  tax 
expense (benefit) from the current period domestic operations. We have approximately $21,784 of NOL carry forwards available to 
offset future U.S. federal income taxes that begin to expire in 2022. 

Loss from Discontinued Operations 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, of $270 for the year ended December 31, 2014 was due to a discontinued 
operations loss of $150 and a loss on the sale of discontinued operations of $120 in the first quarter of 2014. 

Loss Allocated to Non-Controlling Interest 

Loss allocated to non-controlling interest of ($111) for the year ended December 31, 2015 was due to earVenture losses allocated to 
our joint venture partner. 

Results of Operations: 2014 Compared with 2013 

Consolidated Net Sales 

Below is a recap of our sales by main markets for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013: 

Year Ended December 31 
Medical 
Hearing Health 
Professional Audio Communications 
Consolidated Net Sales 

2014

2013

Change

Dollars  

Percent 

  $

  $

35,109    $
22,959     
10,235     
68,303    $

25,978    $ 
19,739      
7,244      
52,961    $ 

9,131     
3,220     
2,991     
15,342     

35.1%
16.3%
41.3%
29.0%

25 

  
      
         
  
  
 
 
 
  
   
  
      
      
      
      
  
  
   
 
     
 
    
 
   
     
      
     
 
   
   
 
In 2014, we experienced a 35.1 percent increase in medical sales primarily driven by higher sales to Medtronic and other key medical 
customers. In September 2013, Medtronic received Food and Drug Administration (FDA) approval for their MiniMed 530G insulin 
pump system. To support their MiniMed 530G system launch, we built and sold significant inventory from the fourth quarter of 2013 
through the first half of 2014, which is the primary reason sales increased significantly from the prior period. 

Net sales in our hearing health business for the year ended December 31, 2014 increased 16.3 percent over the same period in 2013. 
The increase was primarily due to strong device sales to hi HealthInnovations and to the conventional hearing health channel 

Net sales to the professional audio device sector increased 41.3 percent in 2014 compared to the same period in 2013. During 2014, 
the  Company  delivered  on  a  contract  with  the  Singapore  government  to  provide  technically  advanced  headsets  worn  in  military 
applications, which makes up a large portion of the period over period increase. 

Gross Profit 

Gross profit, both in dollars and as a percent of sales, for 2014 and 2013, were as follows: 

Year Ended December 31 
Gross Profit 

2014 

Dollars 

Percent  
of Sales

2013

Change

Dollars

Percent  
of Sales

Dollars 

Percent

  $

18,484       

27.1%  $

12,169     

23.0%   $

6,315     

51.9%

The  2014  gross  profit  increase  over  the  comparable  prior  year  period  was  primarily  due  to  higher  overall  sales  volumes  and  cost 
reductions from global restructuring initiatives, partially offset by a less favorable sales mix. 

Sales and Marketing, General and Administrative and Research and Development Expenses 

Sales and marketing, general and administrative and research and development expenses for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 
2013 were: 

Year Ended December 31 
  $
Sales and Marketing 
General and Administrative      
Research and Development 

2014 

Dollars 

Percent 
of Sales

2013

Percent 
of Sales

Dollars

Change

Dollars 

Percent

3,699       
6,462       
4,832       

5.4%  $
9.5%   
7.1%   

3,308     
5,789     
4,181     

6.2%   $
10.9%     
7.9%     

391     
673     
651     

11.8%
11.6%
15.6%

Sales and marketing expenses increased due to the addition of experienced professionals and greater commission expenses based on 
the  revenue  growth.  General  and  administrative  expenses  are  greater  than  the  prior  year  period  primarily  due  to  increased  support 
costs. Also, sales and marketing and general and administrative expenses increased due to support for VHH opportunities. Research 
and  development  increased  over  the  prior  year  periods  primarily  due  to  a  research  and  development  tax  credit  accrued  in  the  third 
quarter of 2013 of $567 and increased expenses in 2014 to support the Company’s VHH initiative. 

Restructuring charges 

In  connection  with  the  global  strategic  restructuring  plan  described  above,  the  Company  incurred  restructuring  charges  of  $83  and 
$229 during 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

26 

  
    
      
       
      
       
      
  
  
  
 
 
     
 
    
      
 
   
     
       
     
 
  
    
      
       
      
       
      
  
  
  
 
 
     
 
  
    
 
 
   
     
   
 
    
Interest Expense 

Interest expense for 2014 was $461, a decrease of $139 from $600 in 2013. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to 
lower average debt balances compared to the prior year. 

Other Income (Expense), net 

In 2014, other income (expense), net was $(1) compared to $127 in 2013 primarily due to a royalty payment received in 2014. 

Income Tax (Expense) Benefit  

Income taxes were as follows: 

Income tax (expense) benefit 
Percentage of income tax (expense) benefit of income from continuing operations before 

 $

income taxes and discontinued operations 

2014 

2013

(428)    $

(217) 

14.5%    

10.5%

The  expense  in  2014  and  2013  was  primarily  due  to  foreign  taxes  on  German  and  Singapore  operations.  The  Company  is  in  a  net 
operating loss position (“NOL”) for US federal and state income tax purposes and, consequently, incurs minimal income tax expense 
from  the  current  period  domestic  operations.  Our  deferred  tax  asset  related  to  the  NOL  carry  forwards  has  been  offset  by  a  full 
valuation allowance. 

Loss from Discontinued Operations 

Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, for the year ended December 31, 2014 was $270 compared to a loss of $3,872 
for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013.  Included  in  the  net  loss  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  was  $1,700  in  impairment 
charges. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

Our primary sources of cash have been cash flows from operations, bank borrowings, and other financing transactions. For the last 
three  years,  cash  has  been  used  for  repayments  of  bank  borrowings,  purchases  of  equipment,  establishment  of  an  additional  Asian 
manufacturing facility and working capital to support research and development.  

As of December 31, 2015, we had approximately $369 of cash on hand. Sources and uses of our cash for the year ended December 31, 
2015 have been from our operations, as described below.  

Consolidated net working capital increased to $11,303 at December 31, 2015 from $7,804 at December 31, 2014. Our cash flows from 
operating,  investing  and  financing  activities,  as  reflected  in  the  statement  of  cash  flows  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  are 
summarized as follows: 

Cash provided by (used in): 

Operating activities 
Investing activities 
Financing activities 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 

Increase (decrease) in cash 

  December 31, 2015     December 31, 2014       December 31, 2013  

  $

  $

711    $
(4,224)    
3,731     
(177)    
41    $

3,158    $
(958)    
(1,935)    
(154)    
111    $

2,315 
(930)
(1,404)
11 
(8)

Operating  Activities.  The  most  significant  items  that  contributed  to  the  $711  of  cash  provided  from  operating  activities  was  net 
income of $2,117, add backs for non-cash depreciation and stock compensation and increases in accounts payable, partially offset by 
increases in inventory and accounts receivable. Days sales in inventory increased from 75 at December 31, 2014 to 98 at December 
31,  2015.  Days  payables  outstanding  increased  from  50  days  at  December  31,  2014  to  62  days  at  December  31,  2015.  Day  sales 
outstanding remained steady at 41 days for both December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2015. 

Investing Activities. Net cash used in investing activities of $4,224 consisted of $3,982 of purchases of property, plant and equipment 
including $2,400 related to our global ERP system upgrade. 

27 

  
   
       
  
  
 
     
 
  
  
    
      
      
 
  
   
      
      
  
   
   
   
Financing Activities. Net cash provided by financing activities of $3,731 was comprised of proceeds of new borrowings, partially 
offset by repayments of borrowings under our credit facilities. 

Cash  generated  from  operations  may  be  affected  by  a  number  of  factors.  See  “Forward  Looking  Statements”  and  “Item  1A  Risk 
Factors”  contained  in  this  Form  10-K  for  a  discussion  of  some  of  the  factors  that  can  negatively  impact  the  amount  of  cash  we 
generate from our operations. 

We had the following bank arrangements at December 31: 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014

Total borrowing capacity under existing facilities 

  $ 

13,980    $

10,925 

Facility Borrowings: 

Domestic revolving credit facility 
Domestic term loan 
Foreign overdraft and letter of credit facility 

Total borrowings and commitments 

4,674     
4,250     
913     
9,837     

3,843 
1,750 
920 
6,513 

Remaining availability under existing facilities 

  $ 

4,143    $

4,412 

Domestic Credit Facilities 

The  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  are  parties  to  a  credit  facility  with  The  PrivateBank  and  Trust  Company.  The  credit 
facility, as amended, provides for: 

▪ 

an $8,000 revolving credit facility, with a $200 sub facility for letters of credit. Under the revolving credit facility, 
the availability of funds depends on a borrowing base composed of stated percentages of the Company’s eligible 
trade receivables and eligible inventory, and eligible equipment less a reserve; and 

▪ 

a term loan in the original amount of $5,000. 

In March 2015, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries entered into a Seventh Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement 
with The PrivateBank and Trust Company. The amendment, among other things: 

▪ 

▪ 

▪ 

▪ 

increased the Company’s term loan to $5,000 from its then current balance of $1,750, as a result of which the 
Company borrowed an additional $3,250 under the term loan facility; 

extended the term loan and revolving loan maturity date to February 28, 2019, keeping the existing term loan 
amortization schedule in place; 

increased the annual capital expenditure limit to $4,500; 

implemented investment provisions that allow for up to $4,000 in investment spending prior to requiring bank 
approval; and 

▪ 

lowered interest rates on the term loan and revolving loan 

All of the borrowings under this agreement have been characterized as either a current or long-term liability on our balance sheet in 
accordance with the repayment terms described more fully below. 

Loans  under  the  credit  facility  are  secured  by  a  security  interest  in  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  its  domestic 
subsidiaries including a pledge of the stock of its domestic subsidiaries. Loans under the credit facility bear interest at varying rates 
based on the Company’s leverage ratio of funded debt / EBITDA, at the option of the Company, at: 

▪ 

the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.50% - 4.00%, or 

28 

  
    
   
  
 
  
  
   
 
  
  
    
  
  
    
      
  
    
      
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
      
  
▪ 

the base rate, which is the higher of (a) the rate publicly announced from time to time by the lender as its “prime 
rate” and (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, plus 0.00% - 1.25% ; in each case, depending on the Company’s 
leverage ratio. 

Interest is payable monthly in arrears, except that interest on LIBOR based loans is payable at the end of the one, two or three month 
interest periods applicable to LIBOR based loans. IntriCon is also required to pay a non-use fee equal to 0.25% per year of the unused 
portion of the revolving line of credit facility, payable quarterly in arrears. 

Weighted average interest on our domestic credit facilities was 3.68%, 4.51%, and 4.30% for 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. 

The outstanding balance of the revolving credit facility was $4,674 and $3,843 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The total 
remaining  availability  on  the  revolving  credit  facility  was  approximately  $3,326  and  $3,456  at  December  31,  2015  and  2014, 
respectively. 

The outstanding principal balance of the term loan, as amended, is payable in quarterly installments of $250. Any remaining principal 
and accrued interest is payable on February 28, 2019. IntriCon is also required to use 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset 
sales (excluding inventory and certain other dispositions), sale of capital securities or issuance of debt to pay down the term loan. 

The borrowers are subject to various covenants under the credit facility, including a maximum funded debt to EBITDA, a minimum 
fixed  charge  coverage  ratio  and  maximum  capital  expenditure  financial  covenants.  Under  the  credit  facility,  except  as  otherwise 
permitted, the borrowers may not, among other things: incur or permit to exist any indebtedness; grant or permit to exist any liens or 
security interests on their assets or pledge the stock of any subsidiary; make investments; be a party to any merger or consolidation, or 
purchase of all or substantially all of the assets or equity of any other entity; sell, transfer, convey or lease all or any substantial part of 
its  assets  or  capital  securities;  sell  or  assign,  with  or  without  recourse,  any  receivables;  issue  any  capital  securities;  make  any 
distribution or dividend (other than stock dividends), whether in cash or otherwise, to any of its equity holders; purchase or redeem 
any of its equity interests or any warrants, options or other rights to equity; enter into any transaction with any of its affiliates or with 
any  director,  officer  or  employee  of  any  borrower;  be  a  party  to  any  unconditional  purchase  obligations;  cancel  any  claim  or  debt 
owing to it; make payment on or changes to any subordinated debt; enter into any agreement inconsistent with the provisions of the 
credit facility or other agreements and documents entered into in connection with the credit facility; engage in any line of business 
other than the businesses engaged in on the date of the credit facility and businesses reasonably related thereto; or permit its charter, 
bylaws or other organizational documents to be amended or modified in any way which could reasonably be expected to materially 
adversely  affect  the  interests  of  the  lender.  The  Company  was  in  compliance  with  the  financial  covenants  under  the  facility  as  of 
December 31, 2015. 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default (as defined in the credit facility), the lender may, among other 
things: terminate its commitments to the borrowers (including terminating or suspending its obligation to make loans and advances); 
declare all outstanding loans, interest and fees to be immediately due and payable; take possession of and sell any pledged assets and 
other collateral; and exercise any and all rights and remedies available to it under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable 
law. In the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of any borrower, all commitments of the lender will automatically terminate and all 
outstanding loans, interest and fees will be immediately due and payable. Events of default include, among other things, failure to pay 
any  amounts  when  due;  material  misrepresentation;  default  in  the  performance  of  any  covenant,  condition  or  agreement  to  be 
performed  that  is  not  cured  within  20  days  after  notice  from  the  lender;  default  in  the  performance  of  obligations  under  certain 
subordinated debt, default in the payment of other indebtedness or other obligation with an outstanding principal balance of more than 
$50, or of any other term, condition or covenant contained in the agreement under which such obligation is created, the effect of which 
is to allow the other party to accelerate such payment or to terminate the agreements; a breach by a borrower under certain material 
agreements,  the  result  of  which  breach  is  the  suspension  of  the  counterparty’s  performance  thereunder,  delivery  of  a  notice  of 
acceleration or termination of such agreement; the insolvency or bankruptcy of any borrower; the entrance of any judgment against 
any borrower in excess of $50, which is not fully covered by insurance; any divestiture of assets or stock of a subsidiary constituting a 
substantial  portion  of  borrowers’  assets;  the  occurrence  of  a  change  in  control  (as  defined  in  the  credit  facility);  certain  collateral 
impairments; a contribution failure with respect to any employee benefit plan that gives rise to a lien under ERISA; and the occurrence 
of any event which lender determines could be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect (as defined in the credit facility). 

During  2014,  the  Company  entered  into  interest  rate  swaps  with  The  PrivateBank  which  are  accounted  for  as  effective  cash  flow 
hedges. The interest rate swaps had a combined initial notional amount of $3,750, with a portion of the swap amortizing on a basis 
consistent with the $250 quarterly installments required under the term loan. The interest rate swaps fix the Company’s one month 
LIBOR interest rate on the notional amounts at rates ranging from 0.80% - 1.45%. We hold a right to cancel the interest rate swaps 
starting  August  31,  2016.  Interest  rate  swaps,  which  are  considered  derivative  instruments,  of  $41  and  $19  are  reported  in  the 
consolidated balance sheets at fair value in other current liabilities at December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

29 

Foreign Credit Facility 

In addition to its domestic credit facilities, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, IntriCon, PTE LTD., entered into an international 
senior  secured  credit  agreement  with  Oversea-Chinese  Banking  Corporation  Ltd.  that  provides  for  an  asset  based  line  of  credit. 
Borrowings bear interest at a rate of .75% to 2.5% over the lender’s prevailing prime lending rate. Weighted average interest on the 
international credit facilities was 3.37% and 4.50% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The outstanding balance was 
$913  and  $920  at  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  The  loans  are  collateralized  by  IntriCon,  PTE’s  restricted  cash  and 
receivables. The total remaining availability on the international senior secured credit agreement was approximately $817 and $956 at 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

We  believe  that  funds  expected  to  be  generated  from  operations and  the  available  borrowing  capacity  through  our revolving  credit 
loan facilities will be sufficient to meet our anticipated cash requirements for operating needs for at least the next 12 months. We may 
also  seek  to  raise  capital  from  the  opportunistic  sale  of  equity  from  time  to  time,  the  proceeds  of  which  may  be  used  to  reduce 
indebtedness  under  our  credit  facility.  If,  however,  we  do  not  generate  sufficient  cash  from  operations,  or  if  we  incur  additional 
unanticipated liabilities, we may be required to seek additional financing or sell equity or debt on terms which may not be as favorable 
as we could have otherwise obtained. No assurance can be given that any refinancing, additional borrowing or sale of equity or debt 
will be possible when needed or that we will be able to negotiate acceptable terms. In addition, our access to capital is affected by 
prevailing conditions in the financial and equity capital markets, as well as our own financial condition. While management believes 
that we will be able to meet our liquidity needs for at least the next 12 months, no assurance can be given that we will be able to do so. 

Contractual Obligations 

The  following  table  represents  our  contractual  obligations  and  commercial  commitments,  excluding  interest  expense,  as  of 
December 31, 2015. 

Contractual Obligations 

Total

Less than  
1 Year

1-3 Years

3-5 Years 

Domestic credit facility 
Domestic term loan 
Foreign overdraft and letter of credit facility 
Pension and other postretirement benefit 
obligations 
Operating leases 
Total contractual obligations 

  $ 

  $ 

4,674    $
4,250     
913     

1,426     
2,858     
14,121    $

—      $
1,000     
908     

208     
1,132     
3,248    $

—      $ 
2,000      
5      

370      
924      
3,299    $ 

4,674    $
1,250     
—       

316     
802     
7,042    $

There are certain provisions in the underlying contracts that could accelerate our contractual obligations as noted above. 

More  
than 5  
Years

—   
—   
—   

532 
—   
532 

Foreign Currency Fluctuation 

Generally, the effect of changes in foreign currencies on our results of operations is partially or wholly offset by our ability to make 
corresponding  price  changes  in  the  local  currency.  From  time  to  time,  the  impact  of  fluctuations  in  foreign  currencies  may  have  a 
material effect on the financial results of the Company. Foreign currency transaction amounts included in the statements of operation 
include  losses  of  $40,  $51  and  $42  in  2015,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  See  Note  11  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial 
statements included herein. 

Off-Balance Sheet Obligations 

We had no material off-balance sheet obligations as of December 31, 2015 other than the operating leases disclosed above. 

Related Party Transactions 

For a discussion of related party transactions, see Note 16 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included herein. 

Litigation 

For  a  discussion  of  litigation,  see  “Item  3.  Legal  Proceedings”  and  Note  15  to  the  Company’s  consolidated  financial  statements 
included herein. 

New Accounting Pronouncements 

See “New Accounting Pronouncements” set forth in Note 1 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements under Item 8 of this 
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  for  information  pertaining  to  recently  adopted  accounting  standards  or  accounting  standards  to  be 
adopted in the future. 

30 

  
  
   
   
     
   
 
  
    
      
      
       
      
  
    
    
    
    
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

The significant accounting policies of the Company are described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements and have been 
reviewed with the audit committee of our Board of Directors. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting 
principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and 
the reported amounts of revenue and expense during the reporting period. 

Certain  accounting  estimates  and  assumptions  are  particularly  sensitive  because  of  their  importance  to  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  and  possibility  that  future  events  affecting  them  may  differ  markedly.  The  accounting  policies  of  the  Company  with 
significant estimates and assumptions are described below. 

Revenue Recognition  

The  Company  recognizes revenue when  the  customer  takes  ownership, primarily  upon  product  shipment,  and  assumes  risk of  loss, 
collection  of  the  relevant  receivable  is  probable,  persuasive  evidence  of  an  arrangement  exists  and  the  sales  price  is  fixed  or 
determinable. 

Customers  have  30  days  to  notify  the  Company  if  the  product  is  damaged  or  defective.  Beyond  that,  there  are  no  significant 
obligations that remain after shipment other than warranty obligations. Contracts with customers do not include product return rights, 
however, the Company may elect in certain circumstances to accept returns of products. The Company records revenue for product 
sales  net  of  returns.  Sales  and  use  tax  are  reported  on  a  net  basis.  The  Company  defers  recognition  of  revenue  on  discounts  to 
customers if discounts are considered significant. 

In  general,  the  Company  warrants  its  products  to  be  free  from  defects  in  material  and  workmanship  and  will  fully  conform  to  and 
perform to specifications for a period of one year. The Company develops a warranty reserve based on historical experience. While 
the Company’s warranty costs have historically been within its expectations, the Company cannot guarantee that it will continue to 
experience the same warranty return rates or repair costs that it has experienced in the past. 

Accounts Receivable Reserves 

This  reserve  is  an  estimate  of  the  amount  of  accounts  receivable  that  are  uncollectible.  The  reserve  is  based  on  a  combination  of 
specific customer knowledge, general economic conditions and historical trends. Management believes the results could be materially 
different if economic conditions change for our customers. 

Inventory Valuation 

Inventory is recorded at the lower of our cost or market value. Market value is an estimate of the future net realizable value of our 
inventory.  It  is  based  on  historical  trends,  product  life  cycles,  forecasts  of  future  inventory  needs  and  on-hand  inventory  levels. 
Management  believes  reserve  levels  could  be  materially  affected  by  changes  in  technology,  our  customer  base,  customer  needs, 
general economic conditions and the success of certain Company sales programs. 

Goodwill and Intangible Assets 

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually on November 30th of each year or more frequently if changes in circumstances or the 
occurrence of events suggest impairment exists. Consistent with prior years, in 2015 the Company utilized the two-step impairment 
analysis and elected not to use the qualitative assessment or “step zero” approach. In the two-step impairment analysis, in step one, the 
fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value, including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no 
further  analysis  is  required  and  no  impairment  loss  is  recognized.  If  the  carrying  value  exceeds  the  fair  value,  the  goodwill  of  the 
reporting unit is potentially impaired and the Company would then complete step two in order to measure the impairment loss. In step 
two,  the  Company  would  calculate  the  implied  fair value of goodwill  by  deducting  the  fair  value of all  tangible  and  intangible net 
assets (including unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit. If the implied fair value 
of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, the Company would recognize an impairment loss, in the period identified, 
equal to the difference. The Company concluded that no impairment of goodwill or intangible assets existed as of November 30, 2015. 

Long-lived Assets 

The carrying value of long-lived assets is periodically assessed to insure their carrying value does not exceed the undiscounted cash 
flows expected to be generated from their expected use and eventual disposition. This assessment includes certain assumptions related 
to  future  needs  for  the  asset  to  help  generate  future  cash  flow.  Changes  in  those  assessments,  future  economic  conditions  or 
technological changes could have a material adverse impact on the carrying value of these assets. 

31 

Deferred Taxes 

The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which 
those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities and projected 
future taxable income in making this assessment. Actual future operating results, as well as changes in our future performance, could 
have a material impact on the valuation allowance. 

Employee Benefit Obligations  

We provide retirement and health care insurance for certain domestic and retirees and former Selas employees. We measure the costs 
of our obligation based on our best estimate. The net periodic costs are recognized as employees render the services necessary to earn 
the post-retirement benefit. Several assumptions and statistical variables are used in the models to calculate the expense and liability 
related to the plans. We determine assumptions about the discount rate, the expected rate of return on plan assets and the future rate of 
compensation increases. The actuarial models also use assumptions on demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover. 
Changes in actuarial assumptions could vary materially from actual results due to economic events and different rates of retirement, 
mortality and withdrawal. 

ITEM 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management of IntriCon Corporation and its subsidiaries (“the Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate 
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  The 
Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial 
reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles.  The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and  procedures  that  (1)  pertain  to 
maintenance  of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the 
Company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  the  financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being 
made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  Company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance 
regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  disposition  of  the  Company’s  assets  that  could  have  a 
material effect on the financial statements. 

Because of inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of 
any evaluation of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls 
may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of  compliance  with  the  policies  or  procedures  may 
deteriorate. 

The Company’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 
2015, using criteria set forth in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the 
Treadway Commission (2013 framework). Based on this assessment, the Company’s management believes that, as of December 31, 
2015, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control 
over  financial  reporting.  Management’s  report  was  not  subject  to  attestation  by  the  Company’s  registered  public  accounting  firm 
pursuant to a provision of the Dodd Frank Act, which eliminated such requirement for “smaller reporting companies,” as defined in 
SEC regulations, such as IntriCon. 

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the most recent fiscal quarter covered by this report that 
have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. 

32 

  
  
  
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

To the Shareholders, Audit Committee and Board of Directors 
IntriCon Corporation and Subsidiaries 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  IntriCon  Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  (the  Company)  as  of 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), equity and cash 
flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the 
Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards  require  that  we  plan  and  perform  the  audit  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  about  whether  the  consolidated  financial 
statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its 
internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of its internal control over financial reporting as a basis for 
designing  audit  procedures  that  are  appropriate  in  the  circumstances,  but  not  for  the  purpose  of  expressing  an  opinion  on  the 
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also 
includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall 
consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
IntriCon Corporation and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the results of their operations and cash flows for the 
years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of 
America. 

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 
March 11, 2016 

33 

 
 
INTRICON CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts) 

2015 

2014

2013

  $

69,739    $
50,736      
19,003      

68,303    $
49,819     
18,484     

52,961 
40,792 
12,169 

Year Ended December 31 

Sales, net 
Cost of sales 
Gross profit 

Operating expenses: 

Sales and marketing 
General and administrative 
Research and development 
Restructuring charges (Note 3) 
Total operating expenses 

Operating income (loss) 

Interest expense 
Other income (expense), net 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued operations   
Income tax expense 
Income (loss) before discontinued operations 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations (Note 2) 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes (Note 2) 
Net income (loss) 
Less: Loss allocated to non-controlling interest 
Net income (loss) attributable to IntriCon shareholders 

  $

Basic income (loss) per share attributable to IntriCon shareholders: 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
 Net income (loss) per share: 

Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to IntriCon shareholders: 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
 Net income (loss) per share: 

Average shares outstanding: 

Basic 
Diluted 

  $

  $

  $

  $

3,919      
7,104      
5,214      
—      
16,237      
2,766      

(369)     
(261)     
2,136      
19      
2,117      
—      
—      
2,117      
(111)     
2,228    $

0.38    $
—      
0.38    $

0.36    $
—      
0.36    $

3,699     
6,462     
4,832     
83     
15,076     
3,408     

(461)   
(1)   
2,946     
428     
2,518     
(120)   
(150)   
2,248     
—     
2,248    $

0.43    $
(0.05)   
0.39    $

0.42    $
(0.04)   
0.37    $

3,308 
5,789 
4,181 
229 
13,507 
(1,338)

(600)
(135)
(2,073)
217 
(2,290)
— 
(3,872)
(6,162)
— 
(6,162)

(0.40)
(0.68)
(1.08)

(0.40)
(0.68)
(1.08)

5,907      
6,241      

5,791     
6,038     

5,699 
5,699 

(See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements) 

34 

  
   
       
      
  
 
    
   
 
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
  
INTRICON CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) 
(In Thousands) 

Net income (loss) 
Interest rate swap, net of taxes of $0 
Pension and postretirement obligations, net of taxes of $0 
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of taxes of $0 
Comprehensive income (loss) 

2015

Year Ended December 31
2014 

2013

2,117    $ 
(20)     
(195)     
(104)     
1,798    $ 

2,248    $
3     
—     
(74)    
2,177    $

(6,162)
69 
— 
2 
(6,091)

  $

  $

(See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements) 

35 

  
   
  
      
  
     
  
 
  
 
  
 
     
   
 
   
   
   
  
INTRICON CORPORATION 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
(In Thousands, Except Per Share Amounts) 

At December 31, 
Current assets: 
Cash  
Restricted cash 
Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of $135 at December 31, 2015 and $120  
at December 31, 2014 
Inventories 
Other current assets 

Total current assets 

Property, plant, and equipment 

Less: Accumulated depreciation 
Net machinery and equipment 

Goodwill 
Investment in partnerships 
Other assets, net 
Total assets 

Current liabilities: 
Current maturities of long-term debt 
Accounts payable  
Accrued salaries, wages and commissions 
Deferred gain 
Other accrued liabilities 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt, less current maturities 
Other postretirement benefit obligations 
Accrued pension liabilities 
Deferred gain 
Other long-term liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 15) 
Equity: 
Common stock, $1.00 par value per share; 20,000 shares authorized; 5,981 and 5,844 shares issued 
and outstanding at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss 

Total shareholders’ equity 

Non-controlling interest 

Total equity 

Total liabilities and equity 

(See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements) 

36 

December 31,
2015 

December 31,
2014

  $ 

369    $
610     

8,578     
14,472     
860     
24,889     

38,653     
31,911     
6,742     

9,551     
224     
480     
41,886    $

1,908    $
7,785     
2,559     
55     
1,279     
13,586     

7,929     
542     
812     
—     
120     
22,989     

5,981     
17,721     
(4,046)    
(721)    
18,935     
(38)    
18,897     
41,886    $

  $ 

  $ 

  $ 

328 
640 

7,673 
9,983 
1,013 
19,637 

35,104 
30,859 
4,245 

9,194 
387 
498 
33,961 

1,886 
5,954 
2,519 
110 
1,364 
11,833 

4,627 
485 
741 
55 
113 
17,854 

5,844 
16,939 
(6,274)
(402)
16,107 
— 
16,107 
33,961 

  
    
     
 
  
  
   
 
    
      
  
    
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
      
  
    
    
    
  
    
      
  
    
    
    
  
    
      
  
    
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
      
  
    
      
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
INTRICON CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
(In Thousands) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 
 Net income (loss) 
  $
 Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:   

Depreciation and amortization 
Stock-based compensation 
Loss on impairment of long-lived assets and goodwill of discontinued operations 
Loss on disposition of property 
Change in deferred gain 
Change in allowance for doubtful accounts 
Equity in loss of partnerships 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 
 Accounts receivable 
 Inventories 
 Other assets 
 Accounts payable 
 Accrued expenses 
 Other liabilities 

 Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 
Proceeds of sale of discontinued operations 
Purchase of PC Werth (Note 4) 
Purchases of property, plant and equipment 
Other 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Proceeds from long-term borrowings 
Repayments of long-term borrowings 
Proceeds from employee stock purchases and exercise of stock options 
Change in restricted cash 

 Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash 

Net (decrease) increase in cash 
Cash, beginning of period 

Cash, end of period 

2015

2014 

2013

2,117    $ 

2,248    $

(6,162)

1,755      
579      
—      
—      
(110)     
15      
208      
—      

(842)     
(4,329)     
(13)     
1,588      
(118)     
(139)     
711      

—      
—      
(197)     
(3,982)     
(45)     
(4,224)     

2,182     
457     
—     
—     
(110)    
(4)    
228     
120     

(2,183)    
(677)    
301     
626     
(347)    
317     
3,158     

66     
500     
—     
(1,524)    
—     
(958)    

2,450 
532 
1,700 
4 
(110)
(30)
262 
— 

1,327 
1,221 
500 
707 
(26)
(60)
2,315 

39 
— 
— 
(969)
— 
(930)

19,615      
(16,284)     
340      
60      
3,731      

13,153     
(15,221)    
165     
(32)    
(1,935)    

15,332 
(16,863)
145 
(18)
(1,404)

(177)     

(154)    

41      
328      

111     
217     

  $

369    $ 

328    $

11 

(8)
225 

217 

(See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements) 

37 

  
   
       
      
  
  
 
    
   
 
   
       
      
  
       
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
       
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
  
   
       
      
  
  
INTRICON CORPORATION 
Consolidated Statements of Equity 
(In Thousands) 

Shareholders’ Equity

Common 
Stock Number
of Shares 

Common 
Stock 
Amount 

Additional 
Paid-in Capital    

Retained 
Deficit

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Loss

Non- 
Controlling
Interest

Total 
Shareholders’
Equity

Balance December 31, 
2012 
Exercise of stock 
options 
Shares issued under 
the ESPP 
Stock option expense      
Net loss 
Comprehensive 
income 
Balance December 31, 
2013 
Exercise of stock 
options 
Shares issued under 
the ESPP 
Shares issued in lieu 
of cash for services 
Stock option expense      
Net Income 
Comprehensive loss 
Balance December 31, 
2014 
Exercise of stock 
options 
Shares issued under 
the ESPP 
Stock option expense      
Net income (loss) 
Investment by non-
controlling interest 
Comprehensive loss 
Balance December 31, 
2015 

5,687    $ 

5,687    $

15,797    $

(2,360)   $

(402)   $ 

—    $

18,722 

14      

26      

14     

26     

28     

77     
532     

(6,162)    

71      

42 

103 
532 
(6,162)

71 

5,727    $ 

5,727    $

16,434    $

(8,522)   $

(331)   $ 

—    $

13,308 

100      

100     

16      

1      

16     

1     

(43)    

84     

7     
457     

2,248     

(71)     

57 

100 

8 
457 
2,248 
(71)

5,844    $ 

5,844    $

16,939    $

(6,274)   $

(402)   $ 

—    $

16,107 

123      

123     

112     

14      

14     

91     
579     

2,228     

(111)    

73     

(319)     

235 

105 
579 
2,117 

73 
(319)

5,981    $ 

5,981    $

17,721    $

(4,046)   $

(721)   $ 

(38)   $

18,897 

(See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements) 

38 

  
    
       
      
      
      
       
      
  
  
  
    
  
   
 
 
  
  
    
   
   
    
   
 
    
    
      
       
      
    
      
       
      
       
      
      
       
      
    
       
      
      
       
      
    
       
      
      
      
      
    
    
      
       
      
    
      
       
      
    
      
       
      
       
      
      
       
      
    
       
      
      
       
      
    
       
      
      
      
      
    
    
      
       
      
    
      
       
      
       
      
      
       
      
    
       
      
      
       
    
       
      
      
      
       
    
       
      
      
      
      
    
  
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (In Thousands, Except Per Share Data) 

IntriCon Corporation 

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES 

Headquartered  in  Arden  Hills,  Minnesota,  IntriCon  Corporation  (formerly  Selas  Corporation  of  America)  (together  with  its 
subsidiaries, referred to as the Company, we, us or our) is an international company engaged in designing, developing, engineering, 
manufacturing and distributing body-worn devices. The Company designs, develops, engineers, manufactures and distributes micro-
miniature  products,  microelectronics,  micro-mechanical  assemblies,  complete  assemblies  and  software  solutions,  primarily  for  the 
emerging  value  hearing  health  market,  the  medical  bio-telemetry  market  and  the  professional  audio  communication  market.  In 
addition  to  its  operations  in  the  state  of  Minnesota,  the  Company  has  facilities  in  the  state  of  California,  Singapore,  Indonesia,  the 
United Kingdom and Germany. 

Basis of Presentation – On June 13, 2013, the Company announced a global restructuring plan to accelerate future growth and reduce 
costs.  As part of  the  restructuring,  the  Company  disposed  of  the  assets  relating  to  its  security  and  certain  microphone  and  receiver 
operations.  For  all  periods  presented,  the  Company  classified  these  businesses  as  discontinued  operations,  and,  accordingly,  has 
reclassified historical financial data presented herein. See further information in Notes 2 and 3. 

Consolidation – The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries. All 
material intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation. 

Principles of Consolidation – The Company evaluates its voting and variable interests in entities on a qualitative and quantitative 
basis. The Company consolidates entities in which it concludes it has the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact 
an entity’s economic success and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be significant to the 
entity. 

Non-Controlling Interests – The Company owns 50% of the earVenture joint venture. The remaining ownership is accounted for as a 
non-controlling  interest  and  reported  as  part  of  equity  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements.  The  Company  allocates  gains  and 
losses to the non-controlling interest even when such allocation might result in a deficit balance, reducing the losses attributed to the 
controlling interest. Changes in ownership interests are treated as equity transactions if the Company maintains control. 

Segment Disclosures – A business segment is a distinguishable component of an enterprise that is engaged in providing an individual 
product or service or a group of related products or services and that is subject to risks and returns that are different from those of 
other business segments. The Company’s segments have similar economic characteristics and are similar in the nature of the products 
sold, type of customers, methods used to distribute the Company’s products and regulatory environment. Management believes that 
the Company meets the criteria for aggregating the components of its only operating segment of continuing operations into a single 
reporting segment. 

Use of Estimates – The Company makes estimates and assumptions relating to the reporting of assets and liabilities, the recording of 
reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  to  prepare  these  consolidated 
financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Considerable management judgment is necessary in estimating 
future cash flows and other factors affecting the valuation of goodwill, intangible assets, and employee benefit obligations including 
the operating and macroeconomic factors that may affect them. The Company uses historical financial information, internal plans and 
projections and industry information in making such estimates. 

Revenue Recognition – The Company recognizes revenue when the customer takes ownership, primarily upon product shipment, and 
assumes risk of loss, collection of the relevant receivable is probable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists and the sales price 
is fixed or determinable. 

Customers  have  30  days  to  notify  the  Company  if  the  product  is  damaged  or  defective.  Beyond  that,  there  are  no  significant 
obligations that remain after shipment other than warranty obligations. Contracts with customers do not include product return rights, 
however, the Company may elect in certain circumstances to accept returns of products. The Company records revenue for product 
sales  net  of  returns.  Sales  and  use  tax  are  reported  on  a  net  basis.  The  Company  defers  recognition  of  revenue  on  discounts  to 
customers if discounts are considered significant. 

In  general,  the  Company  warrants  its  products  to  be  free  from  defects  in  material  and  workmanship  and  will  fully  conform  to  and 
perform to specifications for a period of one year. The Company develops a warranty reserve based on historical experience. 

Shipping and Handling Costs –The Company includes shipping and handling revenues in sales and shipping and handling costs in 
cost of sales. 

39 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments – The carrying value of cash, accounts receivable, notes payable, and trade accounts payables, 
approximate  fair  value  because  of  the  short  maturity  of  those  instruments.  The  fair  values  of  the  Company’s  long-term  debt 
obligations, pension and post-retirement obligations approximate their carrying values based upon current market rates of interest. 

Concentration of Cash – The Company deposits its cash in what management believes are high credit quality financial institutions. 
The balance, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. 

Restricted  Cash  –  Restricted  cash  consists  of  deposits  required  to  secure  a  credit  facility  at  our  Singapore  location  and  deposits 
required to fund retirement related benefits for certain employees.  

Accounts  Receivable  –  The  Company  reviews  customers’  credit  history  before  extending  unsecured  credit  and  establishes  an 
allowance  for  uncollectible  accounts  based  upon  factors  surrounding  the  credit  risk  of  specific  customers  and  other  information. 
Invoices are generally due 30 days after presentation. Accounts receivable over 30 days are considered past due. The Company does 
not accrue interest on past due accounts receivables. Receivables are written off once all collection attempts have failed and are based 
on individual credit evaluation and specific circumstances of the customer. The allowance for doubtful accounts balance was $135 and 
$120 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Inventories – Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market. The cost of the inventories was determined by the first-in, first-out 
method. 

Property, Plant and Equipment – Property, plant and equipment are carried at cost. Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis 
using  estimated  useful  lives  of  5  to  40  years  for  buildings  and  improvements  and  3  to  12  years  for  machinery  and  equipment. 
Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of 
the asset. Improvements are capitalized and expenditures for maintenance, repairs and minor renewals are charged to expense when 
incurred. At the time assets are retired or sold, the costs and accumulated depreciation are eliminated and the resulting gain or loss, if 
any, is reflected in the consolidated statement of operations. Depreciation expense was $1,524, $1,955, and $2,214 for the years ended 
December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets and Long-lived Assets to be Disposed of – The Company reviews its long-lived assets, certain 
identifiable intangibles, and goodwill for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount 
of an asset group to future net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated by the asset group. If such assets are considered to be 
impaired,  the  impairment  to  be recognized is  measured by  the  amount by  which  the carrying  amount  of  the  assets  exceeds  the fair 
value of the assets. Assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. As of 
December 31, 2015, the Company has determined that no impairment of long-lived assets from continuing operations exists. 

Goodwill  is  reviewed  for  impairment  annually  or  more  frequently  if  changes  in  circumstances  or  the  occurrence  of  events  suggest 
impairment exists. The Company utilizes the two-step impairment analysis and elected not to use the qualitative assessment or “step 
zero” approach. In the two-step impairment analysis, in step one, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared to its carrying value, 
including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying value, no impairment loss is recognized. If the carrying value exceeds the 
fair  value,  the  goodwill  of  the  reporting  unit  is  potentially  impaired  and  the  Company  completes  step  two  in  order  to  measure  the 
impairment loss. In step two, the Company calculates the implied fair value of goodwill by deducting the fair value of all tangible and 
intangible net assets (including unrecognized intangible assets) of the reporting unit from the fair value of the reporting unit. If the 
implied fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying value of goodwill, the Company recognizes an impairment loss, in the period 
identified, equal to the difference. The Company has concluded that no impairment of goodwill or intangible assets occurred during 
the year ended December 31, 2015. Refer to Note 2 for loss on impairment of long lived assets during 2013. 

Other assets, net – The principal amounts included in other assets, net are technology fees and debt issuance costs. The debt issuance 
costs  are  being  amortized over  the related  term  utilizing  the  effective  interest  method  and  are  included  in  interest  expense,  and the 
other assets are being amortized over their estimated useful life on a straight-line basis. Debt issuance cost included in interest expense 
was $72, $56 and $35 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Amortization expense was $231, $227 
and $204 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. 

Investments  in  Partnerships  –  Certain  of  the  Company’s  investments  in  equity  securities  are  long-term,  strategic  investments  in 
companies.  The  Company  accounts  for  these  investments  under  the  equity  method  of  accounting.  Under  the  equity  method  the 
Company records the investment at the amount the Company paid and adjusts for the Company’s share of the investee’s income or 
loss and dividends paid. The investments are reviewed quarterly for changes in circumstances or the occurrence of events that suggest 
the Company’s investment may not be recoverable. To date there have been no impairment losses recognized. 

40 

Income Taxes – Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized 
for  the  future  tax  consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing  assets  and 
liabilities and their respective tax bases, operating losses and tax credit carry forwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured 
using  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  apply  to  taxable  income  in  the  years  in  which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be 
recovered or settled. Valuation allowances are established to the extent the future benefit from the deferred tax assets realization is 
more likely than not unable to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in 
income  in  the  period  that  includes  the  enactment  date.  The  deferred  tax  asset  valuation  allowance  was  $9,810  and  $10,105  as  of 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions 
in income tax expense. At December 31, 2015, the Company had no accrual for the payment of tax related interest and there was no 
tax  interest  or  penalties  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  The  Company’s  federal  and  state  tax  returns  are 
potentially open to examinations for fiscal years 2003-2005 and 2009-2015. 

Employee  Benefit  Obligations  –  The  Company  provides  pension  and  health  care  insurance  for  certain  domestic  retirees  and 
employees  of  its  operations  discontinued  in  2005.  These  obligations  have  been  included  in  continuing  operations  as  the  Company 
retained  these  obligations.  The  Company  also  provides  retirement  related  benefits  for  certain  foreign  employees.  The  Company 
measures the costs of its obligation based on actuarial determinations. The net periodic costs are recognized as employees render the 
services  necessary  to  earn  the  post-retirement  benefit  and  the  obligation  is  recorded  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheet  as  accrued 
pension liabilities. 

Assumptions  about  the  discount  rate,  the  expected  rate  of  return  on  plan  assets  and  the  future  rate  of  compensation  increases  are 
determined  by  the  Company.  The  Company  believes  the  assumptions  are  within  accepted  guidelines  and  ranges.  However,  these 
actuarial assumptions could vary materially from actual results due to economic events and different rates of retirement, mortality and 
withdrawal. 

Stock Option and Equity Plans – Under the various Company stock-based compensation plans, executives, employees and outside 
directors receive awards of options to purchase common stock. Under all awards, the terms are fixed at the grant date. Generally, the 
exercise price equals the market price of the Company’s stock on the date of the grant. Options under the plans generally vest over 
three years, and have a  maximum term of 10 years. One of the plans also permits the granting of stock awards, stock appreciation 
rights, restricted stock units and other equity based awards. The Company expenses grant-date fair values of stock options and awards 
ratably over the vesting period of the related share-based award. See Note 13 for additional information. 

Product Warranty – The Company offers a warranty on various products and services. The Company estimates the costs that may be 
incurred under its warranties and records a liability in the amount of such costs at the time the product is sold. Factors that affect the 
Company’s warranty liability include the number of units sold, historical and anticipated rates of warranty claims and cost per claim. 
The Company periodically assesses the adequacy of its recorded warranty liabilities and adjusts the amounts as necessary. The amount 
of the reserve recorded is equal to the costs to repair or otherwise satisfy the claim. 

Patent  Costs  –  Costs  associated  with  the  submission  of  a  patent  application  are  expensed  as  incurred  given  the  uncertainty  of  the 
patents providing future economic benefit to the Company. 

Advertising Costs – Advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred. 

Research  and  Development  Costs  –  Research  and  development  costs,  net  of  customer  funding,  amounted  to  $5,214,  $4,832,  and 
$4,181  in  2015,  2014  and  2013,  respectively,  and  are  charged  to  expense  when  incurred,  net  of  customer  funding.  The  Company 
accrues proceeds received under governmental grants when earned and estimable as a reduction to research and development expense. 
During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company accrued $567 in research and development tax credit refunds received with 
the state of Minnesota as a reduction to research and development expense. 

41 

Customer  Funded  Tooling  Costs  –  The  Company  designs  and  develops  molds  and  tools  for  reimbursement  on  behalf  of  several 
customers.  Costs  associated  with  the  design  and  development  of  the  molds  and  tools  are  charged  to  expense,  net  of  the  customer 
reimbursement amount. Net customer funded tooling resulted in income of $121, $140 and $352 for the years ended December 31, 
2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and is included in cost of goods sold in the consolidated statements of operations. 

Income (loss) Per Share – Basic income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number 
of  shares  of  common  stock  outstanding  during  the  year.  Diluted  income  (loss)  per  common  share  reflects  the  potential  dilution  of 
securities that could share in the earnings. The Company uses the treasury stock method for calculating the dilutive effect of stock 
options. 

Comprehensive  Income  (Loss)  –  Comprehensive  income  (loss)  consists  of  net  income  (loss),  change  in  fair  value  of  derivative 
instruments, pension and post-retirement obligations and foreign currency translation adjustments and is presented in the consolidated 
statements of comprehensive income (loss). 

Foreign Currency Translation - The Company’s German subsidiary accounts for its transactions in its functional currency, the Euro. 
The Company’s United Kingdom subsidiary accounts for its transactions in its functional currency, the British pound. Foreign assets 
and  liabilities  are  translated  into  United  States  dollars  using  the  year-end  exchange  rates.  Equity  is  translated  at  average  historical 
exchange rates. Results of operations are translated using the average exchange rates throughout the year. Translation gains or losses 
are accumulated as a separate component of equity. 

Derivative Financial Instruments — When deemed appropriate, the Company enters into derivative instruments. The Company does 
not  use  derivative  financial  instruments  for  speculative  or  trading  purposes.  All  derivative  transactions  are  linked  to  an  existing 
balance sheet item or firm commitment, and the notional amount does not exceed the value of the exposure being hedged. 

We  recognize  all  derivative  financial  instruments  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  at  fair  value  regardless  of  the  purpose  or 
intent for holding the instrument. Generally, changes in fair values of derivatives accounted for as cash flow hedges, to the extent they 
are effective as hedges, are recorded in other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax or, if ineffective, on the consolidated statements 
of operations. 

New Accounting Pronouncements 

In  November  2015,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (ASU)  2015-17, 
Income  Taxes  (Topic  740)  Related  to  the  Balance  Sheet  Classification  of  Deferred  Taxes  which  will  require  entities  to  present 
deferred  tax  assets  (DTAs)  and  deferred  tax  liabilities  (DTLs)  as  noncurrent  in  a  classified  balance  sheet.  The  ASU  simplifies  the 
current  guidance  (ASC  740-10-45-4),  which  requires  entities  to  separately  present  DTAs  and  DTLs  as  current  and  noncurrent  in  a 
classified  balance  sheet.  The  ASU  is  effective  for  annual  reporting  periods  beginning  on  or  after  December  15,  2016,  and  interim 
periods within those annual periods. The Company does not expect the provision of ASU 2015-17 to have a material impact on its 
consolidated financial statements. 

In  July  2015,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  2015-11,  Inventory  (Topic  330)  Related  to  Simplifying  the 
Measurement  of  Inventory  which  applies  to  all  inventory  except  inventory  that  is  measured  using  last-in,  first-out  (“LIFO”)  or  the 
retail  inventory  method.  Inventory  measured  using  first-in,  first-out  (“FIFO”)  or  average  cost  is  covered  by  the  new  amendments. 
Inventory within the scope of the new guidance should be measured at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Net realizable value 
is  the  estimated  selling  prices  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  less  reasonably  predictable  costs  of  completion,  disposal,  and 
transportation.  Subsequent  measurement  is  unchanged  for  inventory  measured  using  LIFO  or  the  retail  inventory  method.  The 
amendments will take effect for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods 
within those fiscal years. The new guidance should be applied prospectively, and earlier application is permitted as of the beginning of 
an interim or annual reporting period. The Company is evaluating the impact of the standard on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  April  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2015-03,  Simplifying  the  Presentation  of  Debt  Issuance  Costs.  ASU  2015-03  amends 
existing guidance to require the presentation of debt issuance costs in the balance sheet as a deduction from the carrying amount of the 
related debt liability instead of a deferred charge. It is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2015, but 
early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the provision of ASU 2015-03 to have a material impact on its consolidated 
financial statements. 

42 

In  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2015-05,  Intangibles  -  Goodwill  and  Other  -  Internal-Use  Software  (Subtopic  350-40): 
Customer’s  Accounting  for  Fees  Paid  in  a  Cloud  Computing  Arrangement.  The  amendments  in  ASU  2015-05  provide  guidance  to 
customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a 
software license, then the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition 
of other software licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement does not include a software license, the customer should account for the 
arrangement as a service contract. The amendments do not change the accounting for a customer’s accounting for service contracts. 
As a result of the amendments, all software licenses within the scope of Subtopic 350-40 will be accounted for consistent with other 
licenses of intangible assets. The Company is evaluating the impact of the standard on the consolidated financial statements. 

In May 2014, the FASB issued new accounting guidance related to revenue recognition. This new standard will replace all current 
U.S.  GAAP  guidance  on  this  topic  and  eliminate  all  industry-specific  guidance.  The  new  revenue  recognition  standard  provides  a 
unified model to determine when and how revenue is recognized. The core principle is that a company should recognize revenue to 
depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration for which the entity expects 
to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. This guidance will be effective for the Company beginning January 1, 2018 and 
can be applied either retrospectively to each period presented or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. We are 
currently assessing the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In 2014, the FASb issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2014-15, ‘Presentation of Financial Statements-Going Concern 
(Subtopic  205-40):  Disclosure  of  Uncertainties  about  an  Entity’s  Ability  to  Continue  as  a  Going  Concern,  intended  to  define 
management’s  responsibility  to  evaluate  whether  there  is  substantial  doubt  about  an  organization’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going 
concern and to provide related footnote disclosures. ASU 2014-15 is effective for the Company in the year ended December 31, 2016, 
and  interim  periods  beginning  March  31,  2017,  with  early  application  permitted.  We  do  not  anticipate  a  material  impact  to  the 
consolidated financial statements once implemented. 

2. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS 

On June 13, 2013, the Company announced a global strategic restructuring plan designed to accelerate the Company’s future growth 
and reduce costs. See Note 3 for additional information. As part of the global strategic restructuring plan, the Company decided to exit 
the security and certain microphone and receiver operations. On January 27, 2014, the Company completed the sale of the security 
business and certain microphone and receiver operations of IntriCon Tibbetts Corporation, IntriCon’s wholly owned subsidiary based 
in Camden, Maine, to Sierra Peaks Corporation, pursuant to an Asset Purchase Agreement entered into on January 27, 2014 between 
Sierra Peaks Corporation, as the buyer, and IntriCon Tibbetts Corporation as the seller. Sierra Peaks Corporation paid $500 cash at 
closing for the assets and assumed certain operating liabilities of the businesses. 

The Company recorded a loss on the sale of $120. The net loss was computed as follows: 

Accounts receivable, net 
Inventory, net 
Property, plant and equipment, net 
Other assets 
Accounts payable 
Net assets sold 
Cash proceeds received from Sierra Peaks 
Net assets sold 
Transaction costs 
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of income taxes 

The following table shows the results of the Company’s discontinued operations: 

  $

  $

  $

384 
128 
127 
1 
(69)
571 
500 
(571)
(49)
(120)

Sales, net 
Operating costs and expenses 
Loss on impairment 
Operating loss 
Other income, net 
Net loss from discontinued operations 

  December 31,

2015

Year Ended
    December 31,

2014

    December 31, 

2013 

—    $
—     
—     
—     
—     
—    $

207    $
(357)     
—      
(150)     
—      
(150)   $

2,480 
(4,693)
(1,700)
(3,913)
41 
(3,872)

  $

  $

43 

  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
    
      
      
 
  
 
 
  
  
 
   
   
 
  
 
  
   
  
      
 
   
   
   
   
 
Management considered the global strategic restructuring plan a triggering event and therefore, in June 2013, the Company evaluated 
the  related  assets  for  impairment  and  recorded  non-cash  impairment  charges  of  $983  to  the  Company’s  results  from  discontinued 
operations.  Throughout  the  remainder  of  2013,  the  Company  continued  to  evaluate  the  remaining  assets  for  further  impairment 
indicators and, with the continued decline in U.S. Government revenues due to the government sequestration and government shut-
down,  the  Company  concluded  that  an  additional  non-cash  impairment  charge  of  $717  was  required  for  accounts  receivable, 
inventory, fixed assets, and other assets. These charges were recorded in the Company’s results from discontinued operations for the 
year ended December 31, 2013. See further information below. 

In  determining  the  nonrecurring  fair  value  measurements  of  impairment  of  goodwill  and  other  short  and  long-term  assets,  the 
Company utilized the market value approach, considering the fair value of security, microphone and receiver net assets held for sale or 
disposition.  Based  on  the  market  value  assessment,  the  Company  determined  fair  values  for  the  identified  assets  and  incurred 
impairment  charges  for  the  remaining  book  value  of  the  assets  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2013  as  set  forth  in  the  table 
below. These charges were reflected in the Company’s discontinued operations in 2013. 

Fair value as
of 
measurement
date

Quoted prices in 
active markets for
identical assets 
(Level 1)

Significant other 
observable 
inputs 
(Level 2)

Significant 
unobservable
inputs (Level 3)    

Impairment 
Charge

Long-lived assets of discontinued operations   $ 
Goodwill of discontinued operations 
Accounts Receivable 
Inventory 
Other Assets 

131    $
—     
350     
26     
3     

—    $
—     
—     
—     
—     

—    $ 
—      
—      
—      
—      

131    $
—     
350     
26     
3     

604 
515 
73 
468 
40 

3. RESTRUCTURING CHARGES 

On June 13, 2013 the Company announced a global strategic restructuring plan designed to accelerate the Company’s future growth 
by  focusing  resources  on  the  highest  potential  growth  areas  and  reduce  costs.  The  plan  was  approved  by  the  Company’s  Board  of 
Directors  on  June  12,  2013.  As  part  of  this  plan,  the  Company:  reduced  investment  in  certain  non-core  professional  audio 
communications product lines; transferred specific product lines from Singapore to the Company’s lower-cost manufacturing facility 
in  Batam,  Indonesia;  reduced  global  administrative  and  support  workforce;  transferred  the  medical  coil  operations  from  the 
Company’s Maine facility to Minnesota to better leverage existing manufacturing capacity; sold its remaining security, microphone 
and receiver operations; added experienced professionals in value hearing health; and focused more resources in medical biotelemetry. 
During  2014  and  2013,  the  Company  incurred  restructuring  charges  of  $83  and  $229,  respectively,  primarily  related  to  employee 
termination benefits, from the restructuring of its continuing operations. The Company does not expect to incur any additional cash 
charges related to this restructuring. 

4. ACQUISTION OF PC WERTH 

On  November  3,  2015,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  of  PC  Werth  Ltd,  a  leading  supplier  of  hearing  healthcare  products  and 
equipment to the United Kingdom’s National Health Service (NHS). Under the terms of the agreement, the Company paid PC Werth 
Ltd a total of $197 in cash assumed payables of $393. 

The Company accounted for the transaction as a business combination in the fourth quarter of 2015. In accordance with ASC 805, the 
purchase price is being allocated based on estimates of the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. 

44 

  
    
      
      
      
      
 
  
  
   
   
     
 
    
    
    
    
The purchase price was allocated as follows: 

Inventory 
Property, Plant and Equipment 
Intellectual Property 
Goodwill 
Payables 

Goodwill 

  $

  $

155 
39 
39 
357 
(393)
197 

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  price  over  the  fair  value  of  the  net  tangible  and  intangible  assets  acquired.  The 
establishment of goodwill was primarily due to the expected revenue growth that is attributable to increased market penetration from 
future customers. 

The Company has recognized additional revenue of $414 and net earnings (losses) of approximately ($265) relating to the sales of the 
hearing devices and accessories from November 2015 through December 31, 2015. Unaudited proforma revenues were approximately 
$73,900 and $73,500 for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively assuming the acquisition occurred on January 1, 
2014. Unaudited proforma earnings and basic and diluted earnings per share did not differ materially from actual results reported. 

Acquisition costs of $143 were primarily incurred and recorded during the year ended December 31, 2015 and are included in other 
expenses,  net  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  We  consider  the  majority  of  the  acquisition  costs  to  be  of  the  non-
operating, miscellaneous nature, as they were incurred as part of a non-operating activity, a business acquisition. 

5. GEOGRAPHIC INFORMATION 

The geographical distribution of long-lived assets, consisting of property, plant and equipment and net sales to geographical areas as 
of and for the years ended December 31 is set forth below: 

Long-lived Assets 

United States 
Other – primarily Singapore and Indonesia 
Consolidated 

  December 31, 

    December 31, 

2015 

2014 

  $

  $

5,125    $
1,617      
6,742    $

3,307 
938 
4,245 

Long-lived assets consist of property and equipment. Excluded from long-lived assets are investments in partnerships, patents, license 
agreements and goodwill. The Company capitalizes long-lived assets pertaining to the production of specialized parts. These assets are 
periodically reviewed to assure the net realizable value from the estimated future production based on forecasted cash flows exceeds 
the carrying value of the assets. 

Net Sales to Geographical Areas  

Net Sales to Geographical Areas 

United States 
Europe 
Asia 
All other countries 
Consolidated 

Geographic net sales are allocated based on the location of the customer. 

Year Ended December 31 
2014 
2015 

2013 

  $

  $

50,899    $ 
6,634      
10,901      
1,305      
69,739    $ 

49,978    $
6,834     
9,641     
1,850     
68,303    $

36,902 
5,714 
7,123 
3,222 
52,961 

45 

  
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
  
    
      
 
  
 
  
 
   
 
   
  
    
      
      
 
  
 
      
 
 
     
   
 
  
 
     
       
 
   
   
   
One customer accounted for 42 percent, 37 percent and 30 percent of the Company’s consolidated net sales in 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. During 2015, 2014 and 2013, the top five customers accounted for approximately $42,000, $39,000 and $28,000 or 60 
percent, 57 percent and 53 percent of the Company’s consolidated net sales, respectively. 

At December 31, 2015, two customers accounted for a combined 27 percent of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable. Two 
customers accounted for a combined 28 percent of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable at December 31, 2014. 

6. GOODWILL 

The Company performed its annual goodwill impairment test as of November 30th for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 
2014 and 2013. The Company completed an analysis to assess the fair value of its reporting unit to determine whether goodwill was 
impaired and the extent of such impairment, if any for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. Based upon this analysis, 
the Company has concluded that no impairment of goodwill or intangible assets occurred during the years ended December 31, 2015 
and 2014. However, due to the restructuring plan that took effect in June of 2013, goodwill of $515 was determined to be impaired 
during the year ended December 31, 2013 and was included in the loss from discontinued operations in the consolidated statement of 
operations. 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years presented are as follows: 

Carrying amount at December 31, 2012 
Changes to the carrying amount 
Impairment of goodwill of discontinued operations (Note 2) 
Carrying amount at December 31, 2013 
Changes to the carrying amount 
Carrying amount at December 31, 2014 
Acquistion of assets of PC Werth (Note 4) 
Carrying amount at December 31, 2015 

7. INVENTORIES 

Inventories consisted of the following: 

  $ 

  $ 

9,709 
— 
(515)
9,194 
— 
9,194 
357 
9,551 

Raw materials 

Work-in process

Finished products and  
components 

Total

  December 31, 2015 
  Domestic 
  Foreign 
   Total 

  December 31, 2014 
  Domestic 
  Foreign 
   Total 

    $ 

    $ 

    $ 

    $ 

6,514    $
2,472     
8,986    $

3,993    $
1,894     
5,887    $

1,706    $
636     
2,342    $

1,300    $
720     
2,020    $

2,801    $ 
343      
3,144    $ 

1,838    $ 
238      
2,076    $ 

11,021 
3,451 
14,472 

7,131 
2,852 
9,983 

8. SHORT AND LONG-TERM DEBT 

Short and long-term debt at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was as follows: 

Domestic asset-based revolving credit facility 
Foreign overdraft and letter of credit facility 
Domestic term-loan 
Total debt 
Less: Current maturities 
Total long-term debt 

December 31, 2015

December 31, 2014

4,674    $ 
913      
4,250      
9,837      
(1,908)     
7,929    $ 

3,843 
920 
1,750 
6,513 
(1,886)
4,627 

  $

  $

46 

  
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
      
      
      
      
 
  
     
   
   
     
 
    
      
      
      
       
  
      
      
      
       
  
      
    
      
      
      
       
  
      
      
      
       
  
      
  
    
      
 
  
 
     
 
  
   
       
  
   
   
   
   
  
2016 

2017

Payments Due by Year
2019

2018

Thereafter 

Total

Domestic credit facility 
Domestic term loan 
Foreign overdraft and letter 
of credit facility 
Total debt 

  $ 

  $ 

—    $ 
1,000      

908      
1,908    $ 

—    $
1,000     

5     
1,005    $

—    $
1,000     

—     
1,000    $

4,674    $ 
1,250      

—      
5,924    $ 

—    $
—     

—     
—    $

4,674 
4,250 

913 
9,837 

Domestic Credit Facilities 

The  Company  and  its  domestic  subsidiaries  are  parties  to  a  credit  facility  with  The  PrivateBank  and  Trust  Company.  The  credit 
facility, as amended, provides for: 

▪ 

an $8,000 revolving credit facility, with a $200 sub facility for letters of credit. Under the revolving credit facility, 
the availability of funds depends on a borrowing base composed of stated percentages of the Company’s eligible 
trade receivables and eligible inventory, and eligible equipment less a reserve; and 

▪ 

a term loan in the original amount of $5,000. 

In March 2015, the Company and its domestic subsidiaries entered into a Seventh Amendment to the Loan and Security Agreement 
with The PrivateBank and Trust Company. The amendment, among other things: 

▪ 

▪ 

▪ 

▪ 

increased the Company’s term loan to $5,000 from its then current balance of $1,750, as a result of which the 
Company borrowed an additional $3,250 under the term loan facility; 

extended the term loan and revolving loan maturity date to February 28, 2019, keeping the existing term loan 
amortization schedule in place; 

increased the annual capital expenditure limit to $4,500; 

implemented investment provisions that allow for up to $4,000 in investment spending prior to requiring bank 
approval; and 

▪ 

lowered interest rates on the term loan and revolving loan 

All of the borrowings under this agreement have been characterized as either a current or long-term liability on our balance sheet in 
accordance with the repayment terms described more fully below. 

Loans  under  the  credit  facility  are  secured  by  a  security  interest  in  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  the  Company  and  its  domestic 
subsidiaries including a pledge of the stock of its domestic subsidiaries. Loans under the credit facility bear interest at varying rates 
based on the Company’s leverage ratio of funded debt / EBITDA, at the option of the Company, at: 

▪ 

▪ 

the London InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus 2.50% - 4.00%, or 

the base rate, which is the higher of (a) the rate publicly announced from time to time by the lender as its “prime 
rate” and (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.5%, plus 0.00% - 1.25% ; in each case, depending on the Company’s 
leverage ratio. 

Interest is payable monthly in arrears, except that interest on LIBOR based loans is payable at the end of the one, two or three month 
interest periods applicable to LIBOR based loans. IntriCon is also required to pay a non-use fee equal to 0.25% per year of the unused 
portion of the revolving line of credit facility, payable quarterly in arrears. 

47 

  
  
    
      
      
      
      
      
 
  
     
 
  
  
     
   
   
     
   
 
    
    
 
Weighted average interest on our domestic credit facilities was 3.68%, 4.51%, and 4.30% for 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. 

The outstanding balance of the revolving credit facility was $4,674 and $3,843 at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. The total 
remaining  availability  on  the  revolving  credit  facility  was  approximately  $3,326  and  $3,456  at  December  31,  2015  and  2014, 
respectively. 

The outstanding principal balance of the term loan, as amended, is payable in quarterly installments of $250. Any remaining principal 
and accrued interest is payable on February 28, 2019. IntriCon is also required to use 100% of the net cash proceeds of certain asset 
sales (excluding inventory and certain other dispositions), sale of capital securities or issuance of debt to pay down the term loan. 

The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants under the facility as of December 31, 2015. 

Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an event of default (as defined in the credit facility), the lender may, among other 
things: terminate its commitments to the borrowers (including terminating or suspending its obligation to make loans and advances); 
declare all outstanding loans, interest and fees to be immediately due and payable; take possession of and sell any pledged assets and 
other collateral; and exercise any and all rights and remedies available to it under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable 
law. In the event of the insolvency or bankruptcy of any borrower, all commitments of the lender will automatically terminate and all 
outstanding loans, interest and fees will be immediately due and payable. Events of default include, among other things, failure to pay 
any  amounts  when  due;  material  misrepresentation;  default  in  the  performance  of  any  covenant,  condition  or  agreement  to  be 
performed  that  is  not  cured  within  20  days  after  notice  from  the  lender;  default  in  the  performance  of  obligations  under  certain 
subordinated debt, default in the payment of other indebtedness or other obligation with an outstanding principal balance of more than 
$50, or of any other term, condition or covenant contained in the agreement under which such obligation is created, the effect of which 
is to allow the other party to accelerate such payment or to terminate the agreements; a breach by a borrower under certain material 
agreements,  the  result  of  which  breach  is  the  suspension  of  the  counterparty’s  performance  thereunder,  delivery  of  a  notice  of 
acceleration or termination of such agreement; the insolvency or bankruptcy of any borrower; the entrance of any judgment against 
any borrower in excess of $50, which is not fully covered by insurance; any divestiture of assets or stock of a subsidiary constituting a 
substantial  portion  of  borrowers’  assets;  the  occurrence  of  a  change  in  control  (as  defined  in  the  credit  facility);  certain  collateral 
impairments; a contribution failure with respect to any employee benefit plan that gives rise to a lien under ERISA; and the occurrence 
of any event which lender determines could be reasonably expected to have a material adverse effect (as defined in the credit facility). 

During  2015,  the  Company  entered  into  interest  rate  swaps  with  The  PrivateBank  which  are  accounted  for  as  effective  cash  flow 
hedges. The interest rate swaps had a combined initial notional amount of $3,750, with a portion of the swap amortizing on a basis 
consistent  with  the  $250  quarterly  installments  required  under  the  term  loan.  Interest  rate  swaps,  which  are  considered  derivative 
instruments, of $39 and $19 are reported in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value in other current liabilities at December 31, 
2015 and 2014. 

Foreign Credit Facility 

In addition to its domestic credit facilities, the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, IntriCon, PTE LTD., entered into an international 
senior  secured  credit  agreement  with  Oversea-Chinese  Banking  Corporation  Ltd.  that  provides  for  an  asset  based  line  of  credit. 
Borrowings bear interest at a rate of .75% to 2.5% over the lender’s prevailing prime lending rate. Weighted average interest on the 
international credit facilities was 3.37% and 4.50% for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. The outstanding balance was 
$913  and  $920  at  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  The  loans  are  collateralized  by  IntriCon,  PTE’s  restricted  cash  and 
receivables. The total remaining availability on the international senior secured credit agreement was approximately $817 and $956 at 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

9. OTHER ACCRUED LIABILITIES 

Other accrued liabilities at December 31: 

Taxes, including payroll withholdings and excluding income taxes 
Accrued professional fees 
Pension 
Postretirement benefit obligation 
Other 

2015

2014 

  $

  $

48    $
173     
93     
103     
862     
1,279    $

286  
143  
93  
103  
739  
1,364  

48 

  
    
    
  
 
   
  
   
   
   
   
  
 
10. DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN INCOME TAXES 

Domestic and foreign income taxes (benefits) were comprised as follows: 

Current 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total Current 
Deferred 
Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Income Tax Expense 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and discontinued 
operations 
Foreign 
Domestic 

2015

Year Ended December 31
2014 

2013

—    $ 
—      
27      
27    $ 

—      
—      
(8)     
19    $ 

—    $
—     
428     
428    $

—     
—     
—     
428    $

— 
28 
189 
217 

— 
— 
— 
217 

1,792      
344      
2,136    $ 

2,402     
544     
2,946    $

(139)
(1,934)
(2,073)

  $

  $

  $

  $

The  following  is  a  reconciliation  of  the  statutory  federal  income  tax  rate  to  the  effective  tax  rate  based  on  income  (loss)  from 
continuing operations: 

Tax provision at statutory rate 
Change in valuation allowance 
Impact of permanent items, including stock based compensation expense 
Effect of foreign tax rates 
State taxes net of federal benefit 
Effect of dividend of foreign subsidiary in prior year 
Prior year provision to return true-up 
Non-controlling interest 
Other 
Domestic and foreign income tax rate 

2015

Year Ended December 31
2014 

2013

34.00 %    
(13.80 )      
(30.97 )      
11.36        
2.78        
7.52        
(9.73 )      
1.77        
(2.04 )      
0.89 %    

34.00%   
(1.25)     
16.40      
(18.04)     
(3.86)     
3.94      
(10.27)     
—      
(6.40)     
14.52%   

(34.00)%
(5.12) 
24.15  
6.35  
(1.43) 
17.16  
(5.10) 
—  
8.45  
10.46%

49 

  
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
     
   
 
   
       
      
  
   
   
   
       
      
  
   
   
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
  
  
   
         
       
   
  
 
  
 
     
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at 
December 31, 2015, and 2014 are presented below: 

Deferred tax assets: 

Net operating loss carry forwards and credits 
Depreciation and amortization 
Inventory 
Compensation accruals 
Accruals and reserves 
Credits 
Other 

Total Deferred tax assets 
Less: valuation allowance 
Deferred tax assets net of valuation allowance 

Deferred tax liabilities 
Depreciation and amortization 
Undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiary 
Total deferred tax liabilities 
Net deferred tax 

Year Ended December 31 
2014 
2015

7,931    $
—     
563     
1,273     
113     
236     
212     
10,328     
(9,810)    
518    $

8,125  
284  
436  
1,111  
88  
225  
190  
10,459  
(10,105) 
354  

(156)    
(319)    
(475)    
43    $

—  
(354) 
(354) 
—  

  $

  $

  $

The valuation allowance is maintained against deferred tax assets which the Company has determined are more likely than not to be 
unrealized. The change in valuation allowance was $(295), $59, and $(637) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. For tax reporting purposes, the Company has actual federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $21,784 and 
$6,863, respectively, as of December 31, 2015. These net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2022 for federal tax purposes 
and 2017 for state tax purposes. Subsequently recognized tax benefits, if any, related to the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets 
or realization of net operating loss carryforwards will be reported in the consolidated statements of operations. If substantial changes 
in the Company’s ownership occur, there could be an annual limitation on the amount of the carryforwards that are available to be 
utilized. 

Excluded  from  the  Company’s  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  is  $388  resulting  from  the  exercise  of  non-qualified  stock  options. 
Because  the  Company  is  currently  in  an  NOL  position,  the  windfall  is  not  recorded  through  additional  paid-in  capital  until  the tax 
benefit is recognized through a reduction in actual tax payments. 

During 2013, the company changed its indefinite reinvestment assertion and recognized a deferred tax liability relating to cumulative 
undistributed earnings of controlled foreign subsidiaries in Germany. The Company has not recognized a deferred tax liability relating 
to cumulative undistributed earnings of controlled foreign subsidiaries in Singapore and Indonesia that are essentially permanent in 
duration. If some or all of the undistributed earnings of the controlled foreign subsidiaries are remitted to the Company in the future, 
income  taxes,  if  any,  after  the  application  of  foreign  tax  credits  will  be  accrued  at  that  time.  Determination  of  the  amount  of 
unrecognized tax liability related to undistributed earnings in foreign subsidiaries is not currently practical. 

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of 
the  deferred  tax  assets  will  not  be  realized.  The  Company  regularly  assesses  the  likelihood  that  the  deferred  tax  assets  will  be 
recovered from future taxable income. The Company considers projected future taxable income and ongoing tax planning strategies, 
then records a valuation allowance to reduce the carrying value of the net deferred taxes to an amount that is more likely than not able 
to be realized. Based upon the Company’s assessment of all available evidence, including the previous three years of United States 
based taxable income and loss after permanent items, estimates of future profitability, and the Company’s overall prospects of future 
business, the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the Company will not be able to realize a portion of the deferred 
tax assets in the future. The Company will continue to assess the potential realization of deferred tax assets on an annual basis, or an 
interim basis if circumstances warrant. If the Company’s actual results and updated projections vary significantly from the projections 
used as a basis for this determination, the Company may need to change the valuation allowance against the gross deferred tax assets. 

50 

  
   
      
   
  
 
  
  
 
   
  
   
      
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
   
      
   
   
      
   
   
   
   
The Company recognizes the financial statement benefit of a tax position only after determining that the relevant tax authority would 
more likely than not sustain the position following an audit. For tax positions meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, the amount 
recognized in the financial statements is the largest benefit that has a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate 
settlement with the relevant taxing authority. The Company has analyzed all tax positions for which the statute of limitations remains 
open. As a result of the assessment, the Company has not recorded any liabilities for unrecognized income tax benefits or retained 
earnings. The Company does not have any unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

The Company is subject to income taxes in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various states and foreign jurisdictions. Tax regulations 
within  each  jurisdiction  are  subject  to  the  interpretation  of  the  related  tax  laws  and  regulations  and  require  significant  judgment  to 
apply. The Company is still  subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for the 
years 2003 to 2005 and for the years 2009 and after. There are no other on-going or pending IRS, state, or foreign examinations. 

The Company recognizes penalties and interest accrued related to liability on unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense for all 
periods  presented.  As  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014,  the  Company  has  no  amounts  accrued  for  the  payment  of  interest  and 
penalties. 

11. EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS  

The  Company  has  defined  contribution  plans  for  most  of  its  domestic  employees.  Under  these  plans,  eligible  employees  may 
contribute  amounts  through  payroll  deductions  supplemented  by  employer  contributions  for  investment  in  various  investments 
specified in the plans. The Company contributions to these plans were $341 for 2015, $271 for 2014 and $0 for 2013. 

The  Company  provides  post-retirement  medical  benefits  to  certain  former  domestic  employees  who  met  minimum  age  and  service 
requirements. In  1999,  a plan  amendment  was  instituted which  limits  the  liability  for  post-retirement  benefits  beginning January  1, 
2000  for  certain  employees  who  retire  after  that  date.  This  plan  amendment  resulted  in  a  $1,100  unrecognized  prior  service  cost 
reduction which is recognized as employees render the services necessary to earn the post-retirement benefit. The Company’s policy is 
to  pay  the  cost  of  these  post-retirement  benefits  when  required  on  a  cash  basis.  The  Company  also  has  provided  certain  foreign 
employees with retirement related benefits. In 2015, the mortality tables were updated causing a $62k change in the estimated post-
retirement medical benefit obligation. 

The following table presents the amounts recognized in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 
for post-retirement medical benefits: 

Change in Projected Benefit Obligation 
Projected benefit obligation at January 1 
Interest cost 
Actuarial loss 
Participant contributions 
Benefits paid 
Projected benefit obligation at December 31 
Change in fair value of plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Participant contributions 
Benefits paid 
Funded status 
Current liabilities 
Noncurrent liabilities 
Net amount recognized 
Amount recognized in other comprehensive income 
Unrecognized net actuarial gain 
Total 

2015

2014 

  $

  $

588    $
25     
134     
25     
(127)    
645     

102     
25     
(127)    
(645)    
103     
542     
645     
—     
—     
—    $

633  
26  
36  
27  
(134) 
588  

107  
27  
(134) 
(588) 
103  
485  
588  
—  
—  
—  

Accrued post-retirement medical benefit costs are classified as other post-retirement benefit obligations as of December 31, 2015 and 
2014. 

51 

  
   
      
   
  
 
   
  
   
      
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
      
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  
Net periodic post-retirement medical benefit costs for 2015, 2014, and 2013 included the following components: 

For measurement purposes, a 7.0% annual rate of increase in the per capita cost of covered benefits (i.e., health care cost trend rate) 
was assumed for 2015; the rate was assumed to decrease gradually to 3.5% by the year 2019 and remain at that level thereafter. The 
difference in the health care cost trend rate assumption may have a significant effect on the amounts reported. Employer contributions 
for 2015 are expected to be approximately $103. 

The assumptions used for the years ended December 31 were as follows: 

Annual increase in cost of benefits 

Discount rate used to determine year-end obligations 

Discount rate used to determine year-end expense 

2015

2014 

2013

7.0%    

7.0%   

4.5%    

4.5%   

4.5%    

4.5%   

7.0%

4.0%

4.5%

In  addition  to  the  post-retirement  medical  benefits,  the  Company  provides  retirement  related  benefits  to  certain  former  executive 
employees and to certain employees of foreign subsidiaries. The liabilities established for these benefits at December 31, 2015 and 
2014 are illustrated below. 

Current portion 
Long-term portion 
Total liability at December 31 

2015 

2014

  $ 

  $ 

93    $
805     
898    $

93 
741 
834 

The Company calculated the fair values of the pension plans above utilizing a discounted cash flow, using standard life expectancy 
tables, annual pension payments, and a discount rate of 4.5%. In 2015, the mortality tables were updated causing a $133k change in 
the estimated pension plans benefit obligation. 

The following employer benefit payments (medical and pension), which reflect expected future service, are expected to be paid: 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
Years 2021-2025 

  $

196 
193 
177 
164 
152 
532 

12. CURRENCY TRANSLATION AND TRANSACTION ADJUSTMENTS 

All assets and liabilities of foreign operations in which the functional currency is not the U.S. dollar are translated into U.S. dollars at 
prevailing rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated using average rates of exchange 
for the year. Adjustments resulting from the process of translating the financial statements of foreign subsidiaries into U.S. dollars are 
reported as a separate component of equity, net of tax, where appropriate. 

Foreign  currency  transaction  amounts  included  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  operations  include  a  loss  of  $40,  $51,  and  $42  in 
2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

13. COMMON STOCK AND STOCK OPTIONS 

The  Company  has  a  2006  Equity  Incentive  Plan  and  a  2015  Equity  Incentive  Plan.  The  2015  Equity  Incentive  Plan,  which  was 
approved by  the  shareholders  on  April  24,  2015, replaced  the 2006  Equity  Incentive Plan. New grants  may  not  be  made  under the 
2006 plan; however certain option grants under these plans remain exercisable as of December 31, 2015. The aggregate number of 
shares of common stock for which awards could be granted under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan as of the date of adoption was 500 
shares. Additionally,  as outstanding options  under  the  2006  plan  expire,  the  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  subject  to  the 
expired options will become available for issuance under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. 

Under the various plans, executives, employees and outside directors receive awards of options to purchase common stock. Under the 
2015  equity  incentive  plan,  the  Company  may  also  grant  stock  awards,  stock  appreciation  rights,  restricted  stock  units  and  other 
equity-based  awards,  although  no  such  awards,  other  than  awards  under  the  director  program  and  management  purchase  program 
described below, had been granted as of December 31, 2015. Under all awards, the terms are fixed on the grant date. Generally, the 
exercise  price  of  stock  options  equals  the  market  price  of  the  Company’s  stock  on  the  date  of  the  grant.  Options  under  the  plans 
generally vest over three years, and have a maximum term of 10 years. 

52 

  
   
        
       
   
  
 
     
 
 
 
   
  
   
        
       
   
   
  
   
        
       
   
   
  
    
    
  
  
   
 
    
  
   
  
   
   
   
   
   
Additionally, the board has established the non-employee directors’ stock fee election program, referred to as the director program, as 
an award under the 2015 equity incentive plan. The director program gives each non-employee director the right under the 2015 equity 
incentive plan to elect to have some or all of his quarterly director fees paid in common shares rather than cash. There were no shares 
issued in lieu of cash for director fees under the director program for each of the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively. 

On July 23, 2008, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the non-employee director and executive officer 
stock  purchase  program,  referred  to  as  the  management  purchase  program,  as  an  award  under  the  2015  Plan.  The  purpose  of  the 
management purchase program is to permit the Company’s non-employee directors and executive officers to purchase shares of the 
Company’s Common Stock directly from the Company. Pursuant to the management purchase program, as amended, participants may 
elect to purchase shares of Common Stock from the Company not exceeding an aggregate of $100 during any fiscal year. Participants 
may  make  such  election  one  time  during  each  twenty  business  day  period  following  the  public  release  of  the  Company’s  earnings 
announcement, referred to as a window period, and only if such participant is not in possession of material, non-public information 
concerning the Company and subject to the discretion of the Board to prohibit any transactions in Common Stock by directors and 
executive  officers  during  a window period. There was 1  share purchased  under  the  management  purchase  program  during  the  year 
ended December 31, 2014 and no shares purchased under the program during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2013. 

Stock option activity during the periods indicated is as follows: 

Outstanding at December 31, 2012 
Options forfeited or cancelled 
Options granted 
Options exercised 

Outstanding at December 31, 2013 
Options forfeited or cancelled 
Options granted 
Options exercised 

Outstanding at December 31, 2014 

Options granted 
Options exercised 

Outstanding at December 31, 2015 

Exercisable at December 31, 2014 

Exercisable at December 31, 2015 

Number of 
Shares

Weighted-
average 

Exercise Price    

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value  

1,244    $ 
(15)     
192      
(14)     
1,407      
(63)     
174      
(205)     
1,313      
170      
(159)     

5.97     
5.21     
4.06     
2.86     
5.75     
7.87     
4.99     
3.74     
5.86     
7.14     
3.12     

1,324    $ 

6.36    $

2,640 

984    $ 

6.17    $

1,830 

989    $ 

6.50    $

2,076 

Available for future grant at December 31, 2015 

490      

The number of shares available for future grant at December 31, 2015, does not include a total of up to 1,282 shares subject to options 
outstanding  under  the  2006  plan  which  will  become  available  for  grant  under  the  2015  Equity  Incentive  Plan  in  the  event  of  the 
expiration of such options. 

The weighted-average remaining contractual term of options exercisable and outstanding at December 31, 2015, were 4.14 and 5.24 
years,  respectively.  The  total  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  during  fiscal  2015,  2014,  and  2013,  was  $630,  $635,  and  $12, 
respectively. 

The  weighted-average  per  share  grant  date  fair  value  of  options  granted  was  $4.50,  $3.28,  and  $4.06,  in  2015,  2014,  and  2013, 
respectively, using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. 

53 

  
   
       
  
     
  
  
 
     
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
   
  
  
   
       
      
  
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
      
  
  
For disclosure purposes, the fair value of each stock option granted is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-
pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions: 

2015

2014 

2013

Dividend yield 
Expected volatility 
Risk-free interest rate 
Expected life (years) 

0.0%    

0.0%
  65.15 - 72.81%    75.03 - 75.59%   70.84 - 72.19%
.91-1.07%
6.0  

1.42-1.88%    

2.00-2.07%   

0.0%   

6.0  

6.0  

The  Black-Scholes  option-pricing  model  was  developed  for  use  in  estimating  the  fair  value  of  traded  options  that  have  no  vesting 
restrictions  and  are  fully  transferable.  In  addition,  option-pricing  models  require  the  input  of  subjective  assumptions,  including  the 
expected  stock  price  volatility.  Because  the  Company’s  options  have  characteristics  different  from  those  of  traded  options,  in  the 
opinion of management, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of its options. 

The Company calculates expected volatility for stock options and awards using the Company’s historical volatility. 

The expected term for stock options and awards is calculated based on the Company’s estimate of future exercise at the time of grant. 

The Company currently estimates a five percent forfeiture rate for stock options and regularly reviews this estimate. 

The risk-free rates for the expected terms of the stock options and awards and the employee stock purchase plan is based on the U.S. 
Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. 

The Company recorded $578, $457, and $532 of non-cash stock option expense for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 
2013, respectively. There were 64 stock options that were exercised using a cashless method of exercise for the year ended December 
31,  2015.  As  of  December  31,  2015,  there  was  $718  of  total  non-cash  stock  option  expense  related  to  non-vested  awards  that  is 
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.87 years. 

The  Company  also  has  an  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  “Purchase  Plan”).  The  Purchase  Plan,  as  amended,  provides  that  a 
maximum of 200 shares may be sold under the Purchase Plan. There were 14, 16, and 26 shares purchased under the plan during the 
years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

The Company issues new shares of stock upon the exercise of stock options. 

14. INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE 

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted income (loss) per share:  

Numerator: 
Income (loss) before discontinued operations 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes 
Net income (loss) 
Less: Loss allocated to non-controlling interest 
Net income (loss) attributable to IntriCon shareholders 

Denominator: 
Basic – weighted shares outstanding 

Weighted shares assumed upon exercise of stock options 

Diluted – weighted shares outstanding 

Basic income (loss) per share attributable to IntriCon shareholders: 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Net income (loss) per share: 

Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to IntriCon shareholders: 

Continuing operations 
Discontinued operations 
Net income (loss) per share: 

54 

2015

Year Ended December 31
2014 

2013

2,117    $ 
—      
2,117      
(111)     
2,228    $ 

2,518    $
(270)    
2,248     
—     
2,248    $

5,907      
334      
6,241      

5,791     
247     
6,038     

0.38    $ 
—      
0.38    $ 

0.36    $ 
—      
0.36    $ 

0.43    $
(0.05)    
0.39    $

0.42    $
(0.04)    
0.37    $

(2,290)
(3,872)
(6,162)
— 
(6,162)

5,699 
— 
5,699 

(0.40)
(0.68)
(1.08)

(0.40)
(0.68)
(1.08)

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  $

  
  
   
  
   
 
   
  
 
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
    
      
      
 
  
 
 
  
 
     
   
 
   
       
      
  
   
   
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
   
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
  
   
       
      
  
   
       
      
  
   
  
The Company excluded stock options of 71, 21, and 1,407, in 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively, from the computation of the diluted 
income per share as their effect would be anti-dilutive. For additional disclosures regarding the stock options, see Note 13. 

15. CONTINGENCIES AND COMMITMENTS 

The  Company  is  a  defendant  along  with  a  number  of  other  parties  in  lawsuits  alleging  that  plaintiffs  have  or  may  have  contracted 
asbestos-related diseases as a result of exposure to asbestos products or equipment containing asbestos sold by one or more named 
defendants.  These  lawsuits  relate  to  the  discontinued  heat  technologies  segment  which  was  sold  in  March  2005.  Due  to  the  non-
informative  nature  of  the  complaints,  the  Company  does  not  know  whether  any  of  the  complaints  state  valid  claims  against  the 
Company. Certain insurance carriers have informed the Company that the primary policies for the period August 1, 1970-1978 have 
been  exhausted  and  that  the  carriers  will  no  longer  provide  defense  and  insurance  coverage  under  those  policies.  However,  the 
Company has other primary and excess insurance policies that the Company believes afford coverage for later years. Some of these 
other  primary  insurers  have  accepted  defense  and  insurance  coverage  for  these  suits,  and  some  of  them  have  either  ignored  the 
Company’s tender of defense of these cases, or have denied coverage, or have accepted the tenders but asserted a reservation of rights 
and/or advised the Company that they need to investigate further. Because settlement payments are applied to all years a litigant was 
deemed to have been exposed to asbestos, the Company believes that it will have funds available for defense and insurance coverage 
under  the  non-exhausted  primary  and  excess  insurance  policies.  However,  unlike  the  older  policies,  the  more  recent  policies  have 
deductible amounts for defense and settlements costs that the Company will be required to pay; accordingly, the Company expects that 
its litigation costs will increase in the future. Further, many of the policies covering later years (approximately 1984 and thereafter) 
have exclusions for any asbestos products or operations, and thus do not provide insurance coverage for asbestos-related lawsuits. The 
Company does not believe that the asserted exhaustion of some of the primary insurance coverage for the 1970-1978 period will have 
a  material  adverse  effect  on  its  financial  condition,  liquidity,  or  results  of  operations.  Management  believes  that  the  number  of 
insurance carriers involved in the defense of the suits, and the significant number of policy years and policy limits under which these 
insurance  carriers  are  insuring  the  Company,  make  the  ultimate  disposition  of  these  lawsuits  not  material  to  the  Company’s 
consolidated financial position or results of operations. 

The Company’s former wholly owned French subsidiary, Selas SAS, filed for insolvency in France. The Company may be subject to 
additional  litigation  or  liabilities  as  a  result  of  the  completion  of  the  French  insolvency  proceeding,  including  liabilities  under 
guarantees aggregating approximately $421. 

The  Company  is  also  involved  in  other  lawsuits  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  While  it  is  not  possible  to  predict  with 
certainty  the  outcome  of  these  matters,  management  is  of  the  opinion  that  the  disposition  of  these  lawsuits  and  claims  will  not 
materially affect our consolidated financial position, liquidity or results of operations. 

Total  expense  for  2015,  2014  and  2013  under  leases  pertaining  primarily  to  engineering,  manufacturing,  sales  and  administrative 
facilities, with an initial term of one year or more, aggregated $1,300, $1,071, and $1,304, respectively. Remaining payments under 
such leases are as follows: 2016- $1,132; 2017- $517; 2018 - $407, which includes two leased facility in Minnesota that expire in 2016 
and  one  that  expires  in  2017,  one  leased  facility  in  California  that  expires  in  2016,  one  leased  facility  in  Singapore  that  expires  in 
2020, one leased facility in Indonesia that expires in 2016, one leased facility in the United Kingdom that expires in 2016, and one 
leased facility in Germany that expires in 2017. Certain leases contain renewal options as defined in the lease agreements. 

On October 5, 2007, the Company entered into employment agreements with its executive officers. The agreements call for payments 
ranging from ten months to two years base salary and unpaid bonus, if any, to the executives should there be a change of control as 
defined in the agreement and the executives are not retained for a period of at least one year following such change of control. Under 
the agreements, all stock options granted to the executives would vest immediately and be exercisable in accordance with the terms of 
such stock options. The Company also agreed that if it enters into an agreement to sell substantially all of its assets, it will obligate the 
buyer to fulfill its obligations pursuant to the agreements. The agreements terminate, except to the extent that any obligation remains 
unpaid, upon the earlier of termination of the executive’s employment prior to a change of control or asset sale for any reason or the 
termination  of  the  executive  after  a  change  of  control  for  any  reason  other  than  by  involuntary  termination  as  defined  in  the 
agreements. 

55 

16. RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS 

One of the Company’s subsidiaries leases office and factory space from a partnership consisting of three present or former officers of 
the subsidiary, including Mark Gorder, a member of the Company’s Board of Directors and the President and Chief Executive Officer 
of the Company. The subsidiary is required to pay all real estate taxes and operating expenses. The total base rent expense, real estate 
taxes  and  other  charges  incurred under  the  lease  was  approximately  $487, $486  and $486  for  the  years  ended December 31, 2015, 
2014 and 2013, respectively. 

The Company uses the law firm of Blank Rome LLP for legal services. A partner of that firm is the son-in-law of the Chairman of our 
Board of Directors. The Company paid approximately $203, $156, and $228 to Blank Rome LLP for legal services and costs in 2015, 
2014 and 2013, respectively. The Chairman of our Board of Directors is considered independent under applicable NASDAQ and SEC 
rules because (i) no payments were made to the Chairman or the partner directly in exchange for the services provided by the law firm 
and  (ii)  the  amounts  paid  to  the  law  firm  did  not  exceed  the  thresholds  contained  in  the  NASDAQ  standards.  Furthermore,  the 
aforementioned partner does not provide any legal services to the Company and is not involved in billing matters. 

17. STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information: 

Interest received 
Interest paid 
Income taxes paid 
Shares issued for director services in lieu of fees 

18. REVENUE BY MARKET 

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, net revenue by market:  

Medical 
Hearing Health 
Professional Audio Communications 

Total Net Sales 

19. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

  $

Year Ended December 31
2014

2015 

2013

1    $ 
437      
263      
—      

1    $
432     
132     
1     

1 
512 
27 
— 

Year Ended December 31
2014

2015 

2013

  $

40,821    $ 
21,089      
7,829      

35,109    $
22,959     
10,235     

25,978 
19,739 
7,244 

  $

69,739    $ 

68,303    $

52,961 

The Company has reviewed events subsequent to the date these consolidated financial statements were issued and noted no matters 
requiring adjustment to or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements. 

56 

 
  
    
      
      
 
  
 
 
  
 
     
   
 
   
   
   
  
    
      
      
 
  
 
 
  
 
     
   
 
  
 
     
       
 
   
   
  
   
       
      
  
  
ITEM 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. As of the end of the period covered by this report (the “Evaluation Date”), the 
Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of management, including the Chief Executive 
Officer (principal executive officer) and the Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer), of the effectiveness of the design and 
operation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) or 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act). Based upon that 
evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of the Evaluation Date, our disclosure controls 
and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits 
under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in applicable rules and 
forms,  and  (ii)  accumulated  and  communicated  to  our  management,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief  Financial 
Officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. 

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. The report of management required under this Item 
9A is contained in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K under the caption “Management’s Report on Internal Control Over 
Financial Reporting.” 

Changes in Internal Controls over Financial Reporting. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as 
such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter covered by this 
report that would have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial 
reporting. 

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives 
of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the 
benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation 
of  controls  can  provide  absolute  assurance  that  all  control  issues  and  instances  of  fraud,  if  any,  within  the  Company  have  been 
detected. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not 
be detected. 

ITEM 9B.  Other Information 

None 

57 

  
  
  
PART III 

ITEM 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

The information called for by Item 10 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2016 
annual meeting of shareholders, including but not necessarily limited to the sections of the 2016 proxy statement entitled “Proposal 1 
– Election of Directors” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” 

The information concerning executive officers contained in Item 4A hereof is incorporated by reference into this Item 10. 

Code of Ethics 

The  Company  has  adopted  a  code  of  ethics  that  applies  to  its  directors,  officers  and  employees,  including  its  principal  executive 
officer, principal financial and accounting officer, controller and persons performing similar functions. Copies of the Company’s code 
of  ethics  are  available  without  charge  upon  written  request  directed  to  Cari  Sather,  Director  of  Human  Resources,  IntriCon 
Corporation, 1260 Red Fox Road, Arden Hills, MN 55112. The Company intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 10 
of  Form  8-K  regarding  any  future  amendments  to  a  provision  of  its  code  of  ethics  by  posting  such  information  on  the  Company’s 
website: www.intricon.com. 

ITEM 11. 

Executive Compensation 

The information called for by Item 11 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2016 
annual meeting of shareholders, including but not necessarily limited to the sections of the 2016 proxy statement entitled “Director 
Compensation for 2015,” and “Executive Compensation”. 

ITEM 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related 
Stockholder Matters 

The information called for by Item 12 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2016 
annual  meeting  of  shareholders,  including  but  not  necessarily  limited  to  the  section  of  the  2016  proxy  statement  entitled  “Share 
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners, Directors and Certain Officers.” 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table details information regarding the Company’s existing equity compensation plans as of December 31, 2015: 

Plan Category  
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders(1) 
Equity Compensation plans not approved by security holders 

Total 

(a) 
Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon exercise
of outstanding 
options, warrants
and rights

(b) 
Weighted- 
average exercise 
price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

(c) 
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in
column (a))

1,325    $
—     

1,325    $

6.36      
—      

6.36      

518 
— 

518 

1) The amount shown in column (c) includes 490 shares issuable under the Company’s 2015 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) 
and  28  shares  available  for  purchase  under  the  Company’s  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan.  Under  the  terms  of  the  2015  Plan,  as 
outstanding  options  under  the  Company’s  2006  Equity  Incentive  Plan  expire,  the  shares  of  common  stock  subject  to  the  expired 
options  will  become  available  for  issuance  under  the  2015  Plan.  As  of  December  31,  2015,  1,282  shares  of  common  stock  were 
subject  to  outstanding  options  under  the  2006  Equity  Incentive  Plan.  Accordingly,  if  any  of  these  options  expire,  the  shares  of 
common stock subject to expired options also will be available for issuance under the 2015 Plan. 

58 

  
  
  
  
  
 
   
    
 
   
   
  
   
      
       
  
   
  
ITEM 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The information called for by Item 13 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2016 
annual  meeting  of  shareholders,  including but  not  necessarily  limited  to  the  sections  of  the  2016  proxy  statement  entitled  “Certain 
Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Independence of the Board of Directors.”  

ITEM 14. 

Principal Accounting Fees and Services 

The information called for by Item 14 is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement relating to its 2016 
annual meeting of shareholders, including but not necessarily limited to the sections of the 2016 proxy statement entitled “Independent 
Registered Public Accounting Fee Information.” 

ITEM 15. 

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules 

(a) 

The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

PART IV 

1) 

Financial Statements – The consolidated financial statements of the Registrant are set forth in Item 8 of Part II of this report. 

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

59 

  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
3) 

Exhibits –

2.1 

3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

+ 10.2 

10.3.1 

10.3.2 

10.3.3 

+ 10.5 

+ 10.6 

+ 10.7 

+ 10.8 

+10.9 

+ 10.10 

10.11 

Asset  Purchase  Agreement  dated  as  of  January  27, 2014  between  Sierra  Peaks  Corporation  and  IntriCon  Tibbetts
Corporation. (Schedules and exhibits are omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K, Item 601(b)(2); IntriCon Corporation 
agrees  to  furnish  a  copy  of  such  schedules  and/or  exhibits  to  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  upon
request.) (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed with the Commission
on January 31, 2014.) 

The Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation, as amended. (Incorporated by reference from the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on April 24, 2008.) 

The Company’s Amended and Restated By-Laws. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed with the Commission October 12, 2007.) 

Specimen  Common  Stock  Certificate.  (Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company’s  Registration  Statement  on
Form S-3 (registration no. 333-200182) filed with the Commission on November 13, 2014.) 

Supplemental  Retirement Plan (amended and restated effective January 1, 1995). (Incorporated by reference from 
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1995.)  

Amended and Restated Office/Warehouse Lease, between Resistance Technology, Inc. and Arden Partners I. L.L.P.
(of which Mark S. Gorder is one of the principal owners) dated November 1, 1996. (Incorporated by reference from
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1996.) 

Amended and Restated Office/Warehouse Lease Third Extension Agreement dated as of October 20, 2011 between 
IntriCon  Inc.  and  Arden  Partners  I,  L.L.P.  (Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on
Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.) 

Amended  and  Restated  Office/Warehouse  Lease  Second  Extension  Agreement  dated  as  of  September  19,  2013 
between  IntriCon  Inc.  and  Arden  Partners  I,  L.L.P.  (Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company’s  Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2013.) 

2006 Equity Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference from Appendix A to the Company’s proxy statement filed
with the SEC on March 15, 2010.) 

Form  of  Stock  Option  Agreement  issued  to  executive  officers  pursuant  to  the  2006  Equity  Incentive  Plan.
(Incorporated by  reference  from  the  Company’s Quarterly Report on  Form  10-Q for  the quarter  ended  March  31,
2006.) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement issued to directors pursuant to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by
reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2006.) 

Non-Employee  Directors  Stock  Fee  Election  Program.  (Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company’s  Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006.) 

Non-Employee  Director  and  Executive  Officer  Stock  Purchase  Program,  as  amended.  (Incorporated  by  reference
from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008.) 

Deferred  Compensation  Plan.  (Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed 
with the Commission on May 17, 2006.) 

Land and Building Lease Agreement between Resistance Technology, Inc. and MDSC Partners, LLP dated June 15,
2006. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on
June 21, 2006.) 

60 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.12 

+ 10.13 

+ 10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17.1 

10.17.2 

10.17.3 

10.17.4 

10.17.5 

10.17.6 

10.17.7 

10.17.8 

10.18 

Agreement  by  and  between  K/S  HIMPP  and  IntriCon  Corporation  dated  December  1,  2006  and  the  schedules
thereto. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2006.) 

Employment Agreement with Mark S. Gorder. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed with the Commission October 12, 2007.) 

Form of Employment Agreement with executive officers. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission October 12, 2007.) 

Strategic Alliance Agreement among IntriCon Corporation and Dynamic Hearing Pty Ltd effective as of October 1, 
2008. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December
31, 2008.) 

First  Amendment  to  Strategic  Alliance  Agreement  among  IntriCon  Corporation  and  Dynamic  Hearing  Pty  Ltd 
effective as of January 1, 2011. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for 
the year ended December 31, 2011.) 

Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 13, 2009 by and among IntriCon Corporation, RTI Electronics, 
Inc., IntriCon Tibbetts Corporation, IntriCon Datrix Corporation (f/k/a Jon Barron, Inc.) and The PrivateBank and
Trust  Company.  (Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter 
ended September 30, 2009.) 

First Amendment and Waiver dated March 12, 2010 to Loan and Security Agreement dated as of August 13, 2009
by  and  among  IntriCon  Corporation,  RTI  Electronics,  Inc.,  IntriCon  Tibbetts  Corporation,  IntriCon  Datrix
Corporation  and  The  PrivateBank  and  Trust  Company.  (Incorporated  by  reference from  the  Company’s  Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2010.) 

Second Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement and Limited Consent dated as of August 12, 2011 to Loan and 
Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  August  13,  2009  by  and  among  IntriCon  Corporation,  IntriCon,  Inc.,  IntriCon
Tibbetts  Corporation,  IntriCon  Datrix  Corporation  and  The  PrivateBank  and  Trust  Company.  (Incorporated  by
reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.) 

Third  Amendment  to  Loan and  Security  Agreement  and Waiver dated  as of  March  1,  2012  to  Loan  and  Security
Agreement  dated  as  of  August  13,  2009  by  and  among  IntriCon  Corporation,  IntriCon,  Inc.,  IntriCon  Tibbetts
Corporation, IntriCon Datrix Corporation and The PrivateBank and Trust Company. (incorporated by reference to
the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.) 

Fourth  Amendment  to  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  and  Consent  among  the  Company,  IntriCon,  Inc.,  IntriCon
Tibbetts Corporation, IntriCon Datrix Corporation and The PrivateBank and Trust Company, dated as of August 6,
2012. (incorporated by reference to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the Quarter ended June 30,
2012.) 

Fifth  Amendment  to  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  among  the  Company,  IntriCon,  Inc.,  IntriCon  Tibbetts
Corporation, IntriCon Datrix Corporation and The PrivateBank and Trust Company, dated as of December 21, 2012.
(incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on December 
21, 2012.) 

Sixth  Amendment  to  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  and  Waiver  among  the  Company,  IntriCon,  Inc.,  IntriCon 
Tibbetts Corporation, IntriCon Datrix Corporation and The PrivateBank and Trust Company, dated as of February
14, 2014. (Incorporated by reference to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Commission on
February 19, 2014.) 

Seventh  Amendment  to  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  among  the  Company,  IntriCon,  Inc.,  IntriCon  Tibbetts
Corporation and The PrivateBank and Trust Company, dated as of March 31, 2015. (Incorporated by reference from
the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.) 

Revolving  Credit  Note  issued  to  The  PrivateBank  and  Trust  Company  dated  August  13,  2009.  (Incorporated  by
reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009.) 

61 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
10.19.1 

10.19.2 

10.19.3 

+10.22 

+10.23 

+10.24* 

+10.4 

+10.5 

+10.6 

21.1* 

23.1* 

31.1* 

31.2* 

32.1* 

32.2* 

101 

Term Note issued to The PrivateBank and Trust Company dated August 13, 2009. (Incorporated by reference from
the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2009.) 

Term  Note  dated  August  12,  2011  from  IntriCon  Corporation,  IntriCon,  Inc.,  IntriCon  Tibbetts  Corporation  and
IntriCon  Datrix  Corporation  to  The  PrivateBank  and  Trust  Company.  (Incorporated  by  reference  from  the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2011.) 

Second Amended and Restated Term Note from the Company, IntriCon, Inc. and IntriCon Tibbetts Corporation to
The  PrivateBank  and  Trust Company.  (Incorporated by  reference  from  the  Company’s  Quarterly  Report  on  Form
10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.) 

Annual  Incentive  Plan  for  Executives  and  Key  Employees.  (Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2012.) 

Amended and Restated Amendment to Equity Plans. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2013.) 

Amendment No. 2 to Equity Plans. (Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K 
for the year ended December 31, 2014.) 

2015 Equity Incentive Plan. (incorporated by reference from Appendix A to the Company’s proxy statement filed
with the SEC on March [    ], 2016.) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement issued to employees pursuant to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by
reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.) 

Form of Stock Option Agreement issued to directors pursuant to the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by 
reference from the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.) 

List of significant subsidiaries of the Company. 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP). 

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

The following materials from IntriCon Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
2015, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations for 
the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss);
(iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (v) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the
years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

_____________________ 
* 
+ 

Filed herewith. 

Denotes management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement. 

62 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report 
to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

INTRICON CORPORATION 
(Registrant) 

By: /s/ Scott Longval 
      Scott Longval 
      Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary 

Dated: March 11, 2016 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on 
behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

/s/ Mark S. Gorder 
Mark S. Gorder 
President and Chief Executive 
Officer and Director (principal executive officer) 
March 11, 2016 

/s/ Scott Longval 
Scott Longval 
Chief Financial Officer 
Treasurer and Secretary 
(principal accounting and financial officer) 
March 11, 2016 

/s/Nicholas A. Giordano 
Nicholas A. Giordano 
Director 
March 11, 2016 

/s/Robert N. Masucci 
Robert N. Masucci 
Director 
March 11, 2016 

/s/ Michael J. McKenna 
Michael J. McKenna 
Director 
March 11, 2016 

/s/ Philip N. Seamon 
Philip N. Seamon 
Director 
March 11, 2016 

63 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBITS: 

21 

List of significant subsidiaries of the Company. 

EXHIBIT INDEX 

23.1 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP). 

31.1 

Certification of principal executive officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.2 

Certification of principal financial officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.1 

32.2 

101 

Certification  of  principal  executive  officer  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the
Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. 

Certification  of  principal  financial  officer  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  as  adopted  pursuant  to  Section  906  of  the
Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002. 

The following materials from IntriCon Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015, 
formatted  in  XBRL  (eXtensible  Business  Reporting  Language):  (i)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations  for  the  years
ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss); (iii) Consolidated
Balance  Sheets  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014;  (iv)  Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows  for  the  years  ended
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013; (v) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31,
2015, 2014 and 2013; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

64 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT 21.1 

Significant Subsidiaries of 
IntriCon Corporation 

Subsidiary 

IntriCon GmbH 
Vertrieb von Elecktronikteilen 

Place of Incorporation 

Germany 

IntriCon UK Limited 

United Kingdom 

IntriCon, Inc. (formerly Resistance Technology, Inc.)  

Minnesota 

IntriCon PTE LTD. 

PT IntriCon Indonesia 

Singapore 

Indonesia 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM 

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statements  on  Form  S-3  (Registration  No  333-200182)  and  
Forms S-8 (Registration Nos. 333-16377, 333-66433, 333-59694, 333-129104, 333-134256, 333-145577, 333-168586, 333-173837, 
333-181160  and  333-204123)  of  IntriCon  Corporation  and  Subsidiaries  of  our  report  dated  March  11,  2016,  relating  to 
the consolidated  financial  statements,  which  appears  on  page  34  of  this  annual  report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  
December 31, 2015. 

EXHIBIT 23.1 

/s/ BAKER TILLY VIRCHOW KRAUSE, LLP 

Minneapolis, Minnesota 
March 11, 2016 

 
  
  
  
  
  
EXHIBIT 31.1 

I, Mark S. Gorder, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of IntriCon Corporation; 

CERTIFICATION 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 

our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on 
such evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 

registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5. 

The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 11, 2016 

/s/ Mark S. Gorder 
Chief Executive Officer 
(principal executive officer)  

 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
I, Scott Longval, certify that: 

1. 

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of IntriCon Corporation; 

CERTIFICATION 

EXHIBIT 31.2 

2.  Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 

necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading 
with respect to the period covered by this report; 

3.  Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all 
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods 
presented in this report; 

4.  The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and 

procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as 
defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under 

our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made 
known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; 

b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be 

designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the 
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; 

c)  Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions 
about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on 
such evaluation; and 

d)  Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the 

registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially 
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 

5.  The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over 
financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons 
performing the equivalent functions): 

a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting 

which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial 
information; and 

b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the 

registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date: March 11, 2016 

/s/ Scott Longval 
Chief Financial Officer 
(principal financial officer) 

 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C.SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

EXHIBIT 32.1 

I, Mark S. Gorder, Chief Executive Officer (principal executive officer) of IntriCon Corporation (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that: 

1) 

2) 

the annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the “Report”) fully complies 
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 
operations of the Company. 

Date: March 11, 2016 

/s/ Mark S. Gorder 

   Mark S. Gorder 

President and Chief Executive Officer 
(principal executive officer) 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of 
Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document. 

 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
   
  
  
  
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 
18 U.S.C.SECTION 1350, 
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO 
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

EXHIBIT 32.2 

I, Scott Longval, Chief Financial Officer (principal financial officer)of IntriCon Corporation (the “Company”), certify, pursuant to 
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that: 

1)  the annual report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the “Report”) fully complies 

with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and 

2)  the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of 

operations of the Company. 

Date: March 11, 2016 

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (Section 1350 of 
Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code) and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document. 

/s/ Scott Longval 
Scott Longval 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer (principal financial officer)

 
  
   
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
INTRICON CORPORATION 
1260 Red Fox Road 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112 

March 11, 2016 

Dear Shareholder: 

It is my great pleasure to invite you to attend the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the 

“Annual Meeting”).  The Annual Meeting will be held on Thursday, April 28, 2016 at 11:30 a.m., local 
time, at the Hampton Inn North located at 1000 Gramsie Road, Shoreview, Minnesota 55126. 

At this year’s Annual Meeting our shareholders will vote on the following: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the election of two directors, each to hold office for a term of three years and until his 
successor is duly elected and qualified; 

an advisory vote on executive compensation, referred to as “say-on-pay; 

the approval of an amendment to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan to increase the 
number of shares which may be purchased under that plan by 100,000 shares; and 

the ratification of the appointment of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, as IntriCon 
Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2016.   

We are furnishing our Proxy Statement and other proxy materials to our shareholders over the 

Internet.   The proxy materials are available at https://materials.proxyvote.com/46121H.   

The vote of every shareholder is important.  Therefore, whether or not you expect to attend the 

meeting in person, I urge you to vote in one of the following ways: (i) over the Internet: log on to 
www.proxyvote.com and follow the web site instructions; once you have cast your vote, be sure to click 
on “Accept Vote”; (ii) by telephone: you may call toll-free in the U.S. or Canada, 1-800-690-6903 on a 
touch-tone telephone; or (iii) by proxy card: sign and date the accompanying proxy card and return it 
promptly in the envelope provided for that purpose.   If you vote over the Internet or telephone, you do 
not need to return your proxy card.   

Thank you for your continued interest in IntriCon Corporation.  I look forward to seeing you at 

the Annual Meeting. 

Sincerely, 

Mark S. Gorder 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
INTRICON CORPORATION 
1260 Red Fox Road 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112 

NOTICE OF ANNUAL MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS 

To be held April 28, 2016 

The 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Annual Meeting”) of IntriCon Corporation (the 

“Corporation”) will be held on Thursday, April 28, 2016 at 11:30 a.m., local time, at the Hampton Inn 
North located at 1000 Gramsie Road, Shoreview, Minnesota 55126 for the following purposes: 

(1) 

to elect two director to hold office, each for a term of three years and until his successor 
is duly elected and qualified; 

(2)         to hold an advisory vote on executive compensation, referred to as “say-on-pay”;   

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

to approve an amendment to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan to increase the number 
of shares which may be purchased under that plan by 100,000 shares;  

to ratify the appointment of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP as the Corporation’s   
independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2016; and 

to transact such other business as may properly come before the Annual Meeting or any 
of its adjournments or postponements. 

The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on February 23, 2016 as the record date for 

the determination of shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting or any 
adjournment or postponement thereof.  If the Annual Meeting is adjourned because of the absence of a 
quorum, those shareholders entitled to vote who attend the adjourned Annual Meeting, although 
constituting less than a quorum as provided herein, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose 
of electing directors.  If the Annual Meeting is adjourned for one or more periods aggregating at least 15 
days because of the absence of a quorum, those shareholders entitled to vote who attend the reconvened 
Annual Meeting, if less than a quorum as determined under applicable law, shall nevertheless constitute a 
quorum for the purpose of acting upon any other matter set forth in this Notice of Annual Meeting. 

All shareholders are cordially invited to attend the meeting, but whether or not you expect to 

attend the meeting in person, we urge you to vote promptly using one of the following methods to ensure 
your vote is counted: 

•  over the Internet: log on to www.proxyvote.com and follow the web site instructions; 

once you have cast your vote, be sure to click on “Accept Vote”; 

•  by telephone: you may call toll-free in the U.S. or Canada, 1-800-690-6903 on a touch-

tone telephone; 

•  by proxy card: sign and date the accompanying proxy card and return it promptly in the 

envelope provided for that purpose;  or  

 
 
 
• 

in person:   if you are a shareholder of record as of the close of business on the Record 
Date, you may vote in person at the Annual Meeting and revoke any previously granted 
proxy. 

If you vote over the Internet or by telephone, you will need your control number (your control 

number can be found on the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials and your proxy card).  The 
deadline to vote over the Internet or by telephone is Wednesday, April 27, 2016, 11:59 p.m., eastern 
daylight time.  If you vote over the Internet or by telephone, you do not need to return your proxy card.   

If your shares are held in “street name” (that is, if your stock is registered in the name of your 

broker, bank, or other nominee), please contact your broker, bank or nominee to determine whether you 
will be able to vote over the Internet or by telephone. 

Important Notice Regarding the Availability of Proxy Materials for 
the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on April 28, 2016 

In accordance with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, instead of mailing a 
printed copy of our proxy materials to our shareholders, we have elected to furnish these materials by 
providing access to these documents over the Internet. Accordingly, on or about March 18, 2016, we will 
send a Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials (“Notice of Internet Availability”) to our 
shareholders of record and beneficial owners informing them of the availability of our proxy materials 
online.  The Notice of Internet Availability provides you with instructions regarding how to (i) view our 
proxy materials for the Annual Meeting on the Internet; (ii) vote your shares after you have viewed our 
proxy materials; and (ii) request a printed copy of the proxy materials.  All shareholders have the ability 
to access this Proxy Statement, the proxy card and our Annual Report on Form 10-K at the following 
website: https://materials.proxyvote.com/46121H.   

Meeting directions are available by calling our executive offices at (651) 636-9770. 

By Order of the Board of Directors 

March 11, 2016 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 

Michael J. McKenna 
Chairman of the Board 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
INTRICON CORPORATION 
1260 Red Fox Road 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112 

PROXY STATEMENT 

This proxy statement and the accompanying proxy are being furnished to shareholders of 
IntriCon Corporation (the “Corporation”) in conjunction with the solicitation of proxies by the Board of 
Directors of the Corporation for use at the 2016 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Annual Meeting”) 
to be held on Thursday, April 28, 2016 at the Hampton Inn North located at 1000 Gramsie Road, 
Shoreview, Minnesota 55126, at 11:30 a.m., local time, and any adjournment or postponement of the 
Annual Meeting.  This Proxy Statement and accompanying form of proxy are first being made available 
to shareholders on or about March 18, 2016.   

The Board of Directors has fixed the close of business on February 23, 2016 as the record date for 
determination of the shareholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the Annual Meeting.  As of February 
23, 2016, there were 5,981,756 shares of common stock of the Corporation outstanding, each of which is 
entitled to one vote on all matters to be presented at the Annual Meeting. 

Proxies in the form provided, if properly executed and received in time for voting, and not 
revoked, will be voted as directed on the proxies.  If no directions to the contrary are indicated, the 
persons named in the proxy will vote all of your shares of common stock “for” the election of two 
nominees for director, “for” the approval of the compensation of our Named Executive Officers as 
described in this Proxy Statement, “for” the approval of the amendment to the Employee Stock Purchase 
Plan and “for” the ratification of the appointment of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP as the 
Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm for fiscal year 2016.  With respect to any 
other matter that properly comes before the meeting, the proxy holders will vote the proxies in their 
discretion in accordance with their best judgment.   

You may vote in one of the following ways: 

•  over the Internet: log on to www.proxyvote.com and follow the web site instructions; 

once you have cast your vote, be sure to click on “Accept Vote; 

•  by telephone: you may call toll-free in the U.S. or Canada, 1-800-690-6903 on a touch-

tone telephone; 

•  by proxy card: sign and date the accompanying proxy card and return it promptly in the 

envelope provided for that purpose;  or  

• 

in person:   if you are a shareholder of record as of the close of business on the Record 
Date, you may vote in person at the Annual Meeting and revoke any previously granted 
proxy. 

3 

 
 
 
 
   
If you vote over the Internet or by telephone, you will need your control number (your control 

number can be found on the Notice of Internet Availability of Proxy Materials and your proxy card).  The 
deadline to vote over the Internet or by telephone is Wednesday, April 27, 2016, 11:59 p.m., eastern 
daylight time.  If you vote over the Internet or by telephone, you do not need to return your proxy card.   

Any shareholder who submits a proxy may revoke it at any time before the proxy is voted at the 

Annual Meeting by delivering a later dated proxy or by giving written notice to the Secretary of the 
Corporation or attending the Annual Meeting in person and so requesting.  If you vote over the Internet or 
by telephone, you may change your vote by following the procedures used to submit your initial vote.  
The last vote received chronologically will supersede any prior votes.  Attendance at the Annual Meeting 
will not by itself revoke a previously granted proxy. 

The presence, in person or represented by proxy, of the holders of a majority of the outstanding 
shares of common stock will constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at the Annual Meeting.  
All shares of common stock present in person or represented by proxy (including “broker non-votes” 
described below) and entitled to vote at the Annual Meeting, no matter how they are voted or whether 
they abstain from voting, will be counted in determining the presence of a quorum.  If the Annual 
Meeting is adjourned because of the absence of a quorum, those shareholders entitled to vote who attend 
the adjourned Annual Meeting, although constituting less than a quorum as provided herein, shall 
nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of electing directors.  If the Annual Meeting is adjourned 
for one or more periods aggregating at least 15 days because of the absence of a quorum, those 
shareholders entitled to vote who attend the reconvened Annual Meeting, if less than a quorum as 
determined under applicable law, shall nevertheless constitute a quorum for the purpose of acting upon 
any other matter set forth in the Notice of Annual Meeting. 

Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote on each matter that may be brought before the 

Annual Meeting.  Voting results will be determined as follows: 

•  Proposal 1:  the election of the directors will be determined by a plurality vote and the nominees 

receiving the highest number of “for” votes will be elected. 

•  Proposal 2:  approval of the “say-on-pay” proposal will require the affirmative vote of a majority 

of the shares entitled to vote and present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual 
Meeting. 

•  Proposal 3:  approval of the amendment of the Employee Stock Purchase Plan will require the 
affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote and present in person or represented 
by proxy at the Annual Meeting. 

•  Proposal 4:   the ratification of the appointment of the independent registered public accounting 
firm for fiscal year 2016 will require the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to 
vote and present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting.   

Any other proposal will require the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote 

and present in person or represented by proxy at the Annual Meeting.  

Under our Bylaws and the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law, an abstention or withholding 

of authority to vote will have the same legal effect as an “against” vote and will be counted in 
determining whether the proposal has received the required shareholder vote; however, a broker non-vote 
will have no effect on whether the proposal has received the required shareholder vote.   

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If you are a beneficial owner whose shares are held of record by a broker, bank or other nominee, 
you must instruct the broker, bank or other nominee how to vote your shares. If you do not provide voting 
instructions, your shares will not be voted on any proposal on which the broker, bank or other nominee 
does not have discretionary authority to vote. This is called a “broker non-vote.” In these cases, the 
broker, bank or other nominee can register your shares as being present at the Annual Meeting for 
purposes of determining the presence of a quorum but will not be able to vote on those matters for which 
specific authorization is required.  Your broker, bank or other nominee does not have discretionary 
authority to vote on the election of directors, the “say-on-pay” proposal or the amendment of the 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan without instructions from you, in which case a broker non-vote will occur 
and your shares will not be voted on these matters.  Your broker, bank or other nominee does have 
discretionary voting authority to vote your shares on the ratification of the independent registered public 
accounting firm, even if the broker, bank or other nominee does not receive voting instructions from you.  
In any event, it is particularly important that you instruct your broker as to how you wish to vote 
your shares.   

The cost of this solicitation will be borne by the Corporation.  In addition to solicitation by mail, 

proxies may be solicited in person or by telephone, telegraph or teletype by officers, directors or 
employees of the Corporation, without additional compensation.  Upon request, the Corporation will pay 
the reasonable expenses incurred by record holders of the Corporation’s shares of common stock who are 
brokers, dealers, banks or voting trustees, or their nominees, for mailing proxy materials to the beneficial 
owners of the shares they hold of record.   

5 

 
 
PROPOSAL 1 

ELECTION OF DIRECTORS 

The Board of Directors currently consists of five members divided into three classes. 

The Board of Directors, based upon the recommendation of the Nominating and Corporate 

Governance Committee, has nominated  Mark S. Gorder and Michael J. McKenna for election as 
directors at the Annual Meeting to serve until the 2019 annual meeting of shareholders and until their 
successor has been duly elected and qualified.  Each nominee is a current director of the Corporation and 
previously has been elected as a director by the Corporation’s shareholders.  Mr. Gorder and Mr. 
McKenna each have indicated their willingness to continue serving as a director.  The Board of Directors 
knows of no reason why the nominees would be unable to serve as a director.  If any nominee is unable to 
serve for any reason, then the proxies will be voted for the election of such substitute nominee(s) as the 
Board of Directors may designate, unless the Board of Directors reduces the number of directors on the 
Board. 

The Board of Directors recommends that the shareholders vote “FOR” the election of each 

of Mr. Gorder and Mr. McKenna as a director for a three year term. 

The Board of Directors seeks to ensure that it is composed of members of high character and 

integrity and whose particular experience, qualifications, attributes and skills, when taken together, will 
allow the Board of Directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively.  As discussed below under 
“—Director Nomination Process,” director candidates are nominated by the Board of Directors upon 
recommendation by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee for election at the annual 
shareholders’ meeting each year.  In considering whether to recommend a director candidate, the 
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee evaluates each individual in the context of the Board 
as a whole taking into account relevant factors including, among other things: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

whether the director candidate has significant leadership experience and outstanding 
achievement in such director candidate’s career field; 

whether the director candidate has relevant expertise or experience and would be able to 
offer advice and guidance to management based on that expertise or experience; 

whether the director candidate has the financial expertise or other professional, 
educational or business experience relevant to understanding to the Corporation’s 
business; 

whether the director candidate has sufficient time available to devote to the Corporation; 

whether the director candidate has the ability to make independent, analytical inquiries 
and challenge management; 

whether the director candidate will be committed to represent and advance the long-term 
interests of the Corporation’s shareholders; and 

whether the director candidate meets the independence requirements of Nasdaq. 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not have a formal policy regarding 

director diversity.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee believes that the directors 

6 

 
 
 
should encompass a range of experience, viewpoints, qualifications, attributes and skills in order to 
provide sound and prudent guidance on the Corporation’s operations. The Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee does not assign specific weights to particular criteria and no particular criteria is 
necessarily applicable to all prospective nominees.   

Included in the director nominee’s or current director’s biography are the particular experiences, 

qualifications, attributes or skills that led the Board to the conclusion that each director nominee or 
director should serve as a director of the Corporation.  Each director brings a strong and unique 
background and set of skills to the Board, giving the Board as a whole competence and experience.  We 
believe all of our directors have integrity and honesty and adhere to high ethical standards.  They have 
each demonstrated business acumen and an ability to exercise sound judgment, as well as commitment of 
service to the Corporation and the Board.      

The following table sets forth certain information concerning the nominees and the persons 

whose terms as directors will continue after the Annual Meeting.  

Director 
Since 

Term 
Expires 

1996 

2016 

1998 

2016 

Name, Age (as of February 23, 2016) and Occupation 

Nominees for Election 

Mark S. Gorder (69) became a director in January 1996.  Mr. Gorder has served 
as the President and Chief Executive Officer of the Corporation since April 2001; 
President and Chief Operating Officer of the Corporation from December 2000 to 
April 2001; and Vice President of the Corporation from 1996 to December 2000.  
Mr. Gorder has been President and Chief Executive Officer of IntriCon, Inc., a 
subsidiary of the Corporation, since 1983. 

Mr. Gorder’s day to day leadership of the Corporation, as Chief Executive 
Officer, provides him with intimate knowledge of the Corporation’s operations 
and the markets in which the Corporation operates.  Also, as co-founder of the 
Corporation’s subsidiary, IntriCon, Inc. he provides strategic guidance.  The 
Board believes that Mr. Gorder provides unique insights into the Corporation’s 
challenges, opportunities and operations. 

Michael J. McKenna (81) became a director in June 1998 and has served as 
Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation since April 2001.  In 
March 2001, Mr. McKenna retired as the Vice Chairman and a Director of 
Crown, Cork & Seal Company, Inc. (now Crown Holdings, Inc.), a 
manufacturing company.  From 1995 to 1998, Mr. McKenna was the President 
and Chief Operating Officer and, prior to 1995, was the Executive Vice President 
and President of the North American Division of Crown, Cork & Seal Company, 
Inc. 

As the retired Vice Chairman, director and former executive of Crown, Cork & 
Seal, Mr. McKenna brings a global business perspective from his leadership 
positions as well as operational and sales experience.  In addition, as the director 
with the longest tenure among the independent directors, Mr. McKenna also has 
considerable knowledge about the operations and background of IntriCon. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Director 
Since 

Term 
Expires 

2002 

2017 

2000 

2018 

2006 

2018 

Name, Age (as of February 23, 2016) and Occupation 

Continuing Directors  

Robert N. Masucci (78) became a director in February 2002.  Mr. Masucci has 
served as the Chairman of the Board of Montgomery Capital Advisors, Inc., a 
consulting company, since 1990 and Chairman of the Board of Barclay Brand 
Corporation, a distribution company, since 1996.  Prior to 1990, Mr. Masucci was 
President and Chief Executive Officer of Drexel Industries, Inc., a forklift 
manufacturer.  Messrs. Masucci and Giordano are first cousins. 

As a former chief executive officer of a publicly traded manufacturing company, 
Mr. Masucci provides IntriCon with guidance on business operations, strategic 
planning and accounting and financial matters.  Mr. Masucci also has mergers 
and acquisitions experience. 

Nicholas A. Giordano (73) became a director in December 2000.  Mr. Giordano 
has been a business consultant and investor since 1997.  Mr. Giordano was 
Interim President of LaSalle University from July 1998 to June 1999.  From 1981 
to 1997, Mr. Giordano was President and Chief Executive Officer of the 
Philadelphia Stock Exchange.  Mr. Giordano serves as a trustee of Wilmington 
Funds and Kalmar Pooled Investment Trust, mutual funds, and as a director of 
Independence Blue Cross of Philadelphia, a health insurance company, and The 
RBB Fund, Inc., a mutual funds company.  Mr. Giordano also served as a director 
of Commerce Bancorp, Inc. in 2007-2008. 

Mr. Giordano’s financial and investment background provides the Corporation 
with perspective and guidance on accounting and financial matters.  His service 
as an outside director of other companies (including public companies) provides 
valuable insight on corporate governance and business matters.  He is the Board’s 
audit committee financial expert. 

Philip N. Seamon (68) became a director in September 2006.  Currently, Mr. 
Seamon is President of Philip N. Seamon, Inc., a consulting firm specializing in 
operational and financial business restructuring services.  Until his retirement in 
August 2006, Mr. Seamon was a senior managing director in the corporate 
finance practice of FTI Consulting, Inc., a provider of a wide range of business 
and financial advisory and consulting services. Previously, Mr. Seamon was a 
partner and the service line leader of PricewaterhouseCoopers’ Business 
Recovery Services practice in their Philadelphia office. FTI Consulting acquired 
this practice in September 2002. Prior to joining PricewaterhouseCoopers, Mr. 
Seamon held management and partnership positions in both commercial and 
investment banking organizations.  

Mr. Seamon provides IntriCon with expertise in financial and accounting matters 
as well as experience in mergers and acquisitions and business restructuring. 

Independence of the Board of Directors  

Under our corporate governance guidelines, the Board, with the assistance of legal counsel and 
the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, uses the current standards for “independence” 

8 

 
 
 
 
 
established by the Nasdaq Stock Market, referred to in the remainder of this proxy statement as “Nasdaq,” 
to determine director independence.  The Board of Directors has determined that the following directors, 
constituting a majority of the members of the Board, are independent as defined in the corporate 
governance rules of Nasdaq:  Messrs. Giordano, Masucci, McKenna and Seamon.   

The independence standards of Nasdaq are composed of objective standards and subjective 
standards. Under the objective standards, a director will not be deemed independent if he directly or 
indirectly receives payments for services (other than as a director) in excess of certain thresholds or if 
certain described relationships exist. Under the subjective independence standard, a director will not be 
deemed independent if he has a material relationship with the Corporation that, in the view of the Board, 
would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a 
director. Under the Nasdaq rules, an independent director must satisfy both the objective and the 
subjective standards. 

In evaluating the independence of Mr. McKenna, the Board considered that a partner of the law 

firm retained by the Corporation since 2002 is the son-in-law of Mr. McKenna.  See “—Certain 
Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”  The Board determined that Mr. McKenna was 
independent under the objective Nasdaq standards because: (i) no payments were made to Mr. McKenna 
or his son-in-law directly in exchange for the services provided to the Corporation by the law firm and (ii) 
the amounts paid to the law firm did not exceed the thresholds contained in the Nasdaq standards.  The 
Board also determined that Mr. McKenna was independent under the subjective Nasdaq standard for the 
reasons discussed above and because Mr. McKenna’s son-in-law was not personally involved in the law 
firm’s legal representation of the Corporation. 

Board Leadership Structure and Risk Oversight 

We separate the roles of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board in recognition of the 

differences between the two roles. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for setting the strategic 
direction for the Corporation and the day to day leadership and performance of the Corporation, while the 
Chairman of the Board provides guidance and sets the agenda for Board meetings and presides over 
meetings of the full Board.  The Board believes that this structure ensures a greater role for the 
independent directors in the oversight of the Corporation and active participation of the independent 
directors in setting agendas and establishing priorities and procedures that work for the Board.  The 
Chairman of the Board also acts as a key liaison between the Board and management.  

The Board of Directors as a whole is responsible for consideration and oversight of risks facing 

the Corporation, and is responsible for ensuring that material risks are identified and managed 
appropriately.  Certain risks are overseen by committees of the Board of Directors and these committees 
make reports to the full Board of Directors, including reports on noteworthy risk-management issues.  
Financial risks are overseen by the Audit Committee which meets with management to review the 
Corporation’s major financial risk exposure and the steps management has taken to monitor and control 
such exposures.  Compensation risks are overseen by the Compensation Committee.  Members of the 
Corporation’s senior management team periodically report to the full Board about their areas of 
responsibility and a component of these reports is risk within the area of responsibility and the steps 
management has taken to monitor and control such exposures.  Additional review or reporting on risks is 
conducted as needed or as requested by the Board or committee. 

Communication with the Board  

Shareholders may communicate with the Board of Directors, including any individual director, by 

sending a letter to the Board of Directors, c/o Corporate Secretary, IntriCon Corporation, 1260 Red Fox 

9 

 
 
Road, Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112.  The Corporate Secretary has the authority to disregard any 
inappropriate communications or to take other appropriate actions with respect to any such inappropriate 
communications.  If deemed an appropriate communication, the Corporate Secretary will submit your 
correspondence to the Chairman of the Board or to any specific director to whom the correspondence is 
directed. 

Meetings of the Board and Committees 

The Corporation’s Board of Directors held seven meetings in 2015.  During 2015, all directors of 

the Corporation attended at least 75% of the total number of meetings of the Board of Directors of the 
Corporation and all committees of which they were members. 

Attendance at Annual Meeting of Shareholders  

The Board of Directors has adopted a policy that all of the directors should attend the annual 
meeting of shareholders, absent exceptional cause.  All five of the directors attended the 2015 annual 
meeting of shareholders.  

Code of Ethics  

The Corporation has adopted a code of ethics that applies to its directors, officers and employees, 

including its chief executive officer, chief financial officer, controller and persons performing similar 
functions. Copies of the Corporation’s code of ethics are available without charge upon written request 
directed to Cari Sather, Director of Human Resources, IntriCon Corporation, 1260 Red Fox Road, Arden 
Hills, MN 55112.  A copy of the code of ethics is also available on the Corporation's website: 
www.intricon.com.  The Corporation intends to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of 
SEC Form 8-K regarding any future amendments to a provision of its code of ethics by posting such 
information on the Corporation’s website: www.intricon.com.   

Director Compensation for 2015 

Each non-employee director is entitled to a base annual retainer of $24,000.  For their services in 
such capacities, the Chairman of the Board is entitled to receive an additional annual retainer of $25,000, 
the Chairman of the Audit Committee is entitled to receive an additional annual retainer of $10,000 and 
the Chairman of each of the Compensation Committee and the Nominating and Corporate Governance 
Committee is entitled to receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000.  All retainers are paid in 
quarterly installments.  Each non-employee director also receives $1,500 for each Board and committee 
meeting attended in person and $500 for each telephonic Board and committee meeting attended; 
however, no fee is payable for telephonic board and committee meetings that last less than 30 minutes.   

Directors are eligible to receive awards under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.  The Compensation 

Committee has approved the automatic grant of options to non-employee directors who are re-elected or 
continue as a non-employee director at each annual meeting of shareholders as follows:  Chairman of the 
Board - options to purchase 12,000 shares of common stock and each other non-employee director - 
options to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock.  Accordingly, following the 2015 annual meeting, 
Mr. McKenna, in his capacity as Chairman of the Board, was granted an option to purchase 12,000 shares 
of common stock, while each of Messrs. Giordano, Masucci, and Seamon was granted an option to 
purchase 10,000 shares of common stock, in each case at an exercise price of $7.96 per share, the closing 
price of our common stock on the date of the grant.  Assuming that they are re-elected or continue as a 
director, as the case may be, at the 2016 Annual Meeting, the Chairman of the Board will receive an 
option to purchase 12,000 shares of common stock, and each of the other non-employee directors will 

10 

 
 
receive an option to purchase 10,000 shares of common stock, in each case at an exercise price equal to 
the closing price of our common stock on the date of the 2016 Annual Meeting. All director options vest 
in three equal, annual installments beginning one year after the date of grant, except that the options will 
become immediately exercisable upon a “change in control” as defined in the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan 
or the death, disability or retirement of the recipient, and expire ten years after the date of grant, unless 
terminated earlier by the terms of the option. 

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned during the year 

ended December 31, 2015 by each of our directors that was not also an employee. 

Name 
Nicholas A. Giordano  .........................  

Fees Earned 
or  
Paid in Cash 
($) 
55,000 

Stock 
Awards (1) 
($) 
⎯ 

Option 
Awards (2) 
($) 
79,600 

All Other 
Compensation 
($) 
⎯ 

Robert N. Masucci  .............................  

50,000 

Michael J. McKenna  ..........................  

70,000 

Philip N. Seamon  ...............................  
____________________________ 

50,000 

⎯ 

⎯ 

⎯

79,600 

95,520 

79,600 

⎯ 

⎯ 

⎯ 

Total 
($) 
134,600 

129,600 

165,520 

129,600 

(1) 

(2) 

We have not granted any stock awards to our directors.  Under the Non-Employee Director and 
Executive Officer Stock Purchase Program, directors may purchase shares of common stock directly 
from the Corporation at the last reported sale price on the date that the election to purchase is made.  

The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of 
stock awards granted during 2015 computed in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards 
Board’s Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (“FASB Codification Topic 718”).  For a 
discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements included in 
our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015.  The amounts shown 
include the impact of option forfeitures during 2015.  No options were forfeited under all plans during 
2015. As of December 31, 2015, the number of stock option awards held by our non-employee 
directors was: Mr. Giordano – 90,000; Mr. Masucci – 90,000; Mr. McKenna – 106,000; and Mr. 
Seamon – 95,000.   

Director Share Ownership Requirements 

In April 2006, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee adopted a policy that all 

directors must purchase and own shares of common stock with a purchase price equal to at least one-
year's annual director fees.  All directors are in compliance with this policy.  

Committees of the Board 

The Board of Directors of the Corporation has established an Audit Committee, a Compensation 

Committee and a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. 

Audit Committee.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation has appointed a standing Audit 

Committee consisting of Messrs. Giordano (Chairman), Masucci, McKenna and Seamon.  The Board of 
Directors has determined that each member of the Audit Committee is independent, as defined in 
applicable Nasdaq corporate governance rules and SEC regulations.  In addition, the Board of Directors 
has determined that Mr. Giordano qualifies as an audit committee financial expert, as defined in 
applicable SEC rules.  The Audit Committee held five meetings in 2015. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The Audit Committee is governed by a written charter approved by the Board of Directors, a 

copy of which is available on our website at www.intricon.com. The principal duties of the Audit 
Committee are to monitor the integrity of the financial statements of the Corporation, the compliance by 
the Corporation with legal and regulatory requirements and the independence and performance of the 
Corporation’s independent auditors.  The Audit Committee also approves all related party transactions 
and establishes procedures for (i) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by the 
Corporation regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, and (ii) the 
confidential, anonymous submissions by the Corporation’s employees of concerns regarding questionable 
accounting or auditing matters.  In addition, the Committee selects the firm to be engaged as the 
Corporation's independent public accountants, and approves the engagement of the independent public 
accountants for all non-audit activities permitted under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.  The report of 
the Audit Committee appears on page 38. 

Compensation Committee.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation has appointed a standing 
Compensation Committee currently consisting of Messrs. Masucci (Chairman), Giordano, McKenna and 
Seamon.  The Board of Directors has determined that each member of the Compensation Committee is 
independent, as defined in applicable Nasdaq corporate governance rules.  The Compensation Committee 
reviews and makes recommendations to the Board of Directors concerning officer compensation and 
officer and employee bonus programs and administers the Corporation’s equity plans.  The Compensation 
Committee met three times in 2015.   

The Compensation Committee is governed by a written charter approved by the Board of 
Directors, a copy of which is available on our website at www.intricon.com. The principal duties of the 
Compensation Committee are to formulate, evaluate and approve the compensation of the Corporation’s 
executive officers, oversee all compensation programs involving the issuance of the Corporation’s stock 
and other equity securities of the Corporation, and, if required, review and discuss with the Corporation’s 
management the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and preparing the Committee’s report thereon 
for inclusion in the Corporation’s annual proxy statement in accordance with applicable rules and 
regulations.   

A discussion of the Compensation Committee’s processes and procedures for the consideration 
and determination of executive compensation is included in “Executive Compensation — Processes and 
Procedures for the Determination of Executive Officer and Director Compensation.”  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee.  The Board of Directors of the Corporation 

has appointed a standing Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee currently consisting of 
Messrs. Seamon (Chairman), Giordano, Masucci and McKenna.  The Board of Directors has determined 
that each member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is independent, as defined in 
applicable Nasdaq corporate governance rules.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 
met two times in 2015. 

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is governed by a written charter approved 

by the Board of Directors, a copy of which is available on our website at www.intricon.com. The 
principal duties of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are to identify individuals 
qualified to become members of the Board consistent with the criteria approved by the Committee, 
consider nominees made by shareholders in accordance with the Corporation’s bylaws, select, or 
recommend to the Board, the director nominees for each annual shareholders meeting, recommend to the 
Board the directors to be appointed to each Committee of the Board, recommend to the Board whether to 
increase or decrease the size of the Board, develop and recommend to the Board corporate governance 
principles and oversee the evaluations of the Board and senior management. 

12 

 
 
Director Nomination Process 

Consideration of Director Candidates Recommended by Shareholders.  The Nominating and 
Corporate Governance Committee will consider properly submitted shareholder recommendations for 
director candidates.  A shareholder who wishes to recommend a prospective director nominee should send 
a signed and dated letter to the Chairman of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, c/o 
Corporate Secretary, IntriCon Corporation, 1260 Red Fox Road, Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112 with the 
following information:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

the name and address of the shareholder making the recommendation and of each 
recommended nominee; 

a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record, and/or a beneficial owner, of 
voting stock of the Corporation entitled to vote at the meeting and intends to appear in 
person or by proxy at the meeting to vote for the person(s) recommended if nominated; 

a description of all arrangements and understandings between the shareholder and each 
recommended nominee and any other person(s), naming such person(s), pursuant to 
which the recommendation was submitted by the shareholder; 

such other information regarding each recommended nominee as would be required to be 
included in a proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the SEC had the 
nominee been nominated by the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, 
including the principal occupation of each recommended nominee; and 

the consent of each recommended nominee to serve as a director if so nominated and 
elected. 

The deadline for submitting the letter recommending a prospective director nominee for the 2017 
annual meeting of shareholders is November 18, 2016.  All late or non-conforming recommendations will 
be rejected. 

In addition, under the Corporation's bylaws, shareholders are permitted to nominate directors to 

be elected at a meeting of shareholders by providing notice and the other required information specified in 
the bylaws.  Although shareholders may nominate directors, such nominees will not appear in the 
Corporation's proxy statement or in the proxy solicited by the Board of Directors.   The Corporation’s 
amended and restated bylaws are available, at no cost, at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov, as Exhibit 3.1 
to the Corporation’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed October 12, 2007 or upon the shareholder’s 
written request directed to the Corporate Secretary at the address given above.   

Director Qualifications.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee has the sole 

authority to select, or to recommend to the Board of Directors, the Board of Director nominees to be 
considered for election as a director.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee does not 
have any specific minimum qualifications that must be met by a nominee other than nominees for director 
must be at least 21 years old.  Nominees for director will be selected on the basis of outstanding 
achievement in their careers; broad experience; education; independence under applicable Nasdaq and 
SEC rules; financial expertise; integrity; financial integrity; ability to make independent, analytical 
inquiries; understanding of the business environment; and willingness to devote adequate time to Board 
and committee duties.  The proposed nominee should have sufficient time to devote their energy and 
attention to the diligent performance of the director’s duties, including attendance at Board and committee 
meetings and review of the Corporation’s financial statements and reports, SEC filings and other 

13 

 
 
materials.  Finally, the proposed nominee should be free of conflicts of interest that could prevent such 
nominee from acting in the best interest of shareholders.   

Additional special criteria apply to directors being considered to serve on a particular committee 

of the Board.  For example, members of the Audit Committee must meet additional standards of 
independence and have the ability to read and understand the Corporation’s financial statements.    

Identifying and Evaluating Nominees for Director.  The Nominating and Corporate Governance 

Committee assesses the appropriate size of the Board in accordance with the limits fixed by the 
Corporation’s charter and bylaws, whether any vacancies on the Board are expected and what incumbent 
directors will stand for re-election at the next meeting of shareholders.  If vacancies are anticipated, or 
otherwise arise, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee considers candidates for director 
suggested by members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee and other Board 
members as well as management, shareholders and other parties.  The Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee also has the sole authority to retain a search firm to identify and evaluate director 
candidates.  Except for incumbent directors standing for re-election as described below, there are no 
differences in the manner in which the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee evaluates 
nominees for director, based on whether the nominee is recommended by a shareholder or any other 
party.   

In the case of an incumbent director whose term of office expires, the Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee reviews such director’s service to the Corporation during the past term, including, 
but not limited to, the number of Board and committee meetings attended, as applicable, quality of 
participation and whether the candidate continues to meet the general qualifications for a director outlined 
above, including the director’s independence, as well as any special qualifications required for 
membership on any committees on which such director serves.  When a member of the Nominating and 
Corporate Governance Committee is an incumbent director eligible to stand for re-election, such director 
will not participate in that portion of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee meeting at 
which such director’s potential nomination for election as a director is discussed by the Nominating and 
Corporate Governance Committee.   

In the case of a new director candidate, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee 
will evaluate whether the nominee is independent, as independence is defined under applicable Nasdaq 
corporate governance rules, and whether the nominee meets the qualifications for director outlined above 
as well as any special qualifications applicable to membership on any committee on which the nominee 
may be appointed to serve if elected.  In connection with such evaluation, the Nominating and Corporate 
Governance Committee determines whether the committee should interview the nominee, and if 
warranted, one or more members of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee interviews the 
nominee in person or by telephone.   

Upon completing the evaluation, and the interview in case of a new candidate, the Nominating 

and Corporate Governance Committee makes a decision as to whether to nominate the director candidate 
for election at the shareholders meeting. 

14 

 
 
SHARE OWNERSHIP OF 
CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS, DIRECTORS AND CERTAIN OFFICERS 

The following table sets forth certain information as of February 23, 2016, concerning beneficial 

ownership of the shares of common stock by (i) persons or groups of persons shown by SEC records to own 
beneficially more than 5% of the shares of common stock, (ii) directors and nominees, (iii) the executive 
officers named in the Summary Compensation Table and (iv) all directors and executive officers as a group: 
____________________________ 

Name 
Kevin M. Cavanaugh (3). ................................  
Corrib Master Fund, Ltd. 
Corrib Capital Management, L.P. 
527 Marquette Avenue South, Suite #1000 
Minneapolis, MN 55402 

Mark S. Gorder (4) ...........................................  
Director, President and Chief Executive 
Officer 

Michael J. McKenna ......................................  
Chairman of the Board of Directors  

Nicholas A. Giordano .....................................  
Director  

Robert N. Masucci .........................................  
Director  

Philip N. Seamon ...........................................  
Director  

Michael P. Geraci ...........................................  
Vice President, Sales and Marketing 

Dennis L. Gonsior ..........................................  
Vice President, Global Operations  

Greg Gruenhagen ...........................................  
Vice President, Quality and Regulatory 
Affairs  

Scott Longval .................................................  
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary, and 
Treasurer  

Number of 
Shares Beneficially Owned(1) (2) 

477,313 

618,451 

204,582 

137,670 

188,345 

88,334 

116,094 

136,042 

83,080 

128,959 

All Directors and Executive Officers as a 
Group (9 persons) ...........................................  

1,701,557 

Percent 
of Class 
8.0% 

10.1% 

3.4% 

2.3% 

3.1% 

1.5% 

1.9% 

2.2% 

1.4% 

2.1% 

25.0% 

 (1) 

Unless otherwise indicated, each person has sole voting and investment power with respect to all such 
shares.  The securities “beneficially owned” by a person are determined in accordance with the 
definition of “beneficial ownership” set forth in the regulations of the Securities and Exchange 
Commission.  The information does not necessarily indicate beneficial ownership for any other 
purpose.  The same shares of common stock may be beneficially owned by more than one person.  
Beneficial ownership, as set forth in the regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, 
includes securities as to which the person has or shares voting or investment power.  shares of common 
stock issuable upon the exercise or conversion of securities currently exercisable or convertible or 
exercisable or convertible within 60 days of February 23, 2016 are deemed outstanding for computing 
the share ownership and percentage ownership of the person holding such securities, but are not 

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.  Beneficial ownership may be 
disclaimed as to certain of the securities.   

(2) 

In the case of the Corporation’s directors and executive officers, includes the following shares which 
such person has the right to acquire within 60 days of February 23, 2016 through the exercise of stock 
options: 

         Name 

Mark S. Gorder    
Michael J. McKenna 
Nicholas A. Giordano 
Robert N. Masucci 
Philip N. Seamon 
Michael P. Geraci 
Dennis L. Gonsior 
Greg Gruenhagen 
Scott Longval 
All Directors and Executive 
Officers as a Group  

Number of Shares 
Subject to Options 

150,001 
86,000 
73,334 
73,334 
78,334 
94,000 
94,000 
76,500 
109,000 

 834,503 

(3) 

(4) 

Based upon Schedules 13G/A filed with the SEC on February 16, 2016.  According to the Schedules 
13G/A, Mr. Cavanaugh has sole beneficial ownership with respect to 42,304 shares and Mr. 
Cavanaugh and the two entities share beneficial ownership with respect to the balance of 435,009 
shares.  

Includes 150,001 shares which Mr. Gorder has the right to acquire within 60 days of February 23, 2016 
through the exercise of stock options.  Also includes 5,000 shares of common stock owned by his spouse 
and 14,000 shares of common stock owned by his daughters.  Mr. Gorder has pledged 146,000 shares of 
common stock and his spouse has pledged 5,000 shares of common stock as security for a loan.  Mr. 
Gorder’s business address is 1260 Red Fox Road, Arden Hills, MN 55112. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Background 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors administers our compensation program 
for executive officers.  The objectives of our compensation program are to attract and retain talented and 
dedicated executive officers and to align a significant portion of their compensation with our business 
objectives and performance and the interests of our shareholders.   

Elements of Executive Compensation  

Our compensation program for executive officers consists of the following elements:  

Base Salary.  Base salary is designed to reward the performance of our executive officers in their 
daily fulfillment of their responsibilities to us.  The Compensation Committee determines the base salary 
of each of our executive officers by evaluating their scope of responsibilities and experience, years of 
service with us, our performance and the performance of each of the executive officers during the past 
year, the executive’s future potential and competitive salary practices.  We believe that our base salaries 
are competitive with other companies of our size.   

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation.    

The Compensation Committee’s philosophy is that a significant portion of the total potential 
compensation of our executive officers should depend upon the degree of our financial and strategic 
success in a particular year.   

In March 2012, the Compensation Committee adopted the Annual Incentive Plan for Executives 

and Key Employees.  For more information, see “Annual Incentive Plan.” 

Long-Term Incentive Compensation in the Form of Stock Awards.   In 2015, our Board of 
Directors and shareholders approved the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, which replaced the 2006 Equity 
Incentive Plan.  The 2015 Equity Incentive Plan is designed to: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

promote the long-term retention of our employees, directors and other persons who are in 
a position to make significant contributions to our success;  

further reward these employees, directors and other persons for their contributions to our 
growth and expansion;  

provide additional incentive to these employees, directors and other persons to continue 
to make similar contributions in the future; and  

further align the interests of these employees, directors and other persons with those of 
our shareholders.  

To achieve these purposes, the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan permits the Compensation Committee 
to make awards of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock or unrestricted stock, deferred 
stock, restricted stock units or performance awards for our shares of common stock.  For more 
information concerning the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, see “Equity Plans  - 2015 Equity Incentive Plan” 
below. 

17 

 
 
Stock options are granted at the fair market value of our shares of common stock on the date of 
grant.  Stock options are granted based on various factors, including the executive’s ability to contribute 
to our long-term growth and profitability. 

Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  All of our fulltime employees, including our executive officers 
(other than Mr. Gorder), are entitled to participate in our Employee Stock Purchase Plan.  Under this Plan, 
employees may purchase our shares of common stock at a discount of up to 10% through payroll 
deductions.   

Non-Employee Director and Executive Officer Stock Purchase Program.  Under the Non-

Employee Director and Executive Officer Stock Purchase Program, directors and executive officers may 
purchase shares of common stock directly from the Corporation at the last reported sale price on the date 
that the election to purchase is made.  During 2015, no shares of common stock were purchased under this 
program.    

Other Benefits.  All of our fulltime employees, including our executive officers, are entitled to 

participate in our health insurance, life insurance and 401(k) plans.  We also maintain a disability 
insurance policy on behalf of certain of the members of our senior management, including our executive 
officers, that is in addition to the disability benefits that we maintain for our salaried employees.   

Additional Benefits Payable to the Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Gorder, our Chief Executive 

Officer, receives additional benefits under our employment agreement with him.  Under the employment 
agreement, we are required to reimburse Mr. Gorder for his country club membership fees.  We are also 
required to provide Mr. Gorder with an automobile for use in connection with the performance of his 
duties under the employment agreement and reimburse him for all expenses reasonably incurred by him 
for the maintenance and operation, including fuel, of the automobile.   

Processes and Procedures for the Determination of Executive Officer and Director Compensation 

Scope of Authority of the Compensation Committee.  The scope of the Compensation 
Committee’s authority and responsibilities is set forth in its charter, a copy of which is available on our 
website at www.intricon.com.  The Compensation Committee's authority includes the authority to: 

• 

• 

determine the following with respect to our executive officers: (i) the annual base salary 
level, (ii) the annual incentive opportunity level, (iii) the long-term incentive opportunity 
level, (iv) employment agreements, severance agreements, change in control 
agreements/provisions and other compensatory arrangements, in each case as, when and 
if appropriate, and (v) any special or supplemental benefits, in each case subject to the 
terms of any existing applicable employment agreement terms; and  

determine the compensation payable to directors and members of committees of the 
board, including the Chairman of the Board and the Chairman of each committee, other 
than directors who are our salaried employees. 

Delegation of Authority.  As provided under the Compensation Committee’s charter, the 

Compensation Committee may delegate its authority to special subcommittees of the Compensation 
Committee as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate, consistent with applicable law and 
Nasdaq listing standards.  Additionally, the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan permits the Compensation 
Committee, subject to criteria, limitations and instructions as the Compensation Committee determines, to 
delegate to an appropriate officer of the Corporation the authority to determine the individual participants 
under that Plan and amount and nature of the award to be issued to such participants; provided, that no 

18 

 
 
awards may be made pursuant to such delegation to a participant who is subject to Section 16(b) of the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. To date, the Compensation Committee has not delegated 
its responsibilities other than delegating from time to time to the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer the authority to grant a limited number of stock options under the 2015 Equity Incentive 
Plan to non-executive employees. 

Role of Management in Determining or Recommending Executive Compensation.  
Traditionally, the Compensation Committee reviews our executive compensation program in December 
and/or February of each year, although decisions in connection with new hires and promotions are made 
on an as-needed basis.  Mr. Gorder, our President and Chief Executive Officer, makes recommendations 
concerning the amount of compensation to be awarded to our executive officers, including himself, but 
does not participate in the Compensation Committee’s deliberations or decisions.  The Compensation 
Committee reviews the recommendations together with a "tally sheet" showing all items of executive 
compensation.  After a presentation by Mr. Gorder, the Committee meets in executive session to discuss 
and consider the recommendations and makes a final determination. 

Role of Compensation Consultants in Determining or Recommending Executive 

Compensation.  Under its charter, the Compensation Committee has authority to retain, at the 
Corporation’s expense, such counsel, consultants, experts and other professionals as it deems necessary.   
In 2015, the Corporation engaged Verisight Compensation Consulting Group to conduct an assessment of 
whether the compensation of our executive officers was competitive based on published survey date and a 
peer group analysis.  Generally, the Verisight analysis showed that the compensation of our executive 
officers was less than competitive when compared to published survey data and peer groups.  

Say-on-Pay Vote 

At the 2015 annual meeting, we held a shareholder advisory vote on the compensation of our 
named executive officers, commonly referred to as a say-on-pay vote.  Our shareholders approved the 
compensation of our named executive officers at the 2015 annual meeting, with an overwhelming 
majority of the votes entitled to be cast voting in favor of our say-on-pay resolution.  As we evaluated our 
compensation practices for 2016, we were aware of the strong support our shareholders expressed for our 
compensation philosophy.   As a result, following our annual review of our executive compensation 
philosophy, the Compensation Committee decided to retain our general approach to executive 
compensation.  We believe our executive compensation program for 2016 advances our goals of 
attracting and retaining talented and dedicated executive officers and aligning a significant portion of their 
compensation with our business objectives and performance and the interests of our shareholders. 

Determination of Executive Compensation  

Base Salary.  Typically, the Compensation Committee reviews and adjusts base salaries on an 

annual basis.    

In December 2015, the Compensation Committee increased the 2016 base salary of each of our 
executive officers from 3% to 7%, which the Committee believed consistent with inflation and overall 
market trends.  The base salaries of Mr. Geraci, Mr. Gonsior and Mr. Gorder were increased 3%, with 
slightly larger increases awarded to Mr. Longval (7%) and to Mr. Gruenhagen (5%) to more closely 
position them to their respective peer group salary mid-points.  

The following table shows the base salaries of our current executive officers as in effect at 

January 1, 2016: 

19 

 
 
 
Name and Principal Position 
Mark S. Gorder ...................................... 
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Scott Longval ......................................... 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 

Michael P. Geraci ................................... 
Vice President, Sales and Marketing 

Dennis L. Gonsior .................................. 
Vice President, Global Operations 

Greg Gruenhagen ................................... 
Vice President, Quality and Regulatory 
Affairs 

2016 Annual  
Base Salary 
$418,000 

$249,000 

$245,200 

$229,500 

$210,000 

Annual Cash Incentive Compensation.  In March 2012, the Compensation Committee adopted 
the Annual Incentive Plan for Executives and Key Employees, referred to as the Annual Incentive Plan.  
The targets for the Annual Incentive Plan are adopted each by the Compensation Committee.  

No cash bonuses were paid under the Annual Incentive Plan for 2013 because the plan target was 

not reached.    

In March 2014, the Compensation Committee established the targets and bonus amounts for 2014 

under the Annual Incentive Plan.  In February 2015, the Compensation Committee determined that the 
target for 2014 had been achieved at the 84% level and approved a total payout under the 2014 Annual 
Incentive Plan of $357,687, of which a total of $113,127 was paid to the Named Executive Officers. For 
more information, see “Summary Compensation Table.” 

In February 2015, the Compensation Committee established the targets and bonus amounts for 

2015 under the Annual Incentive Plan.  In February 2016, the Compensation Committee determined that 
the target for 2015 had been achieved at the 64% level and approved a total payout under the 2015 
Annual Incentive Plan of $255,000, of which a total of $77,405 was paid to the Named Executive 
Officers. For more information, see “Summary Compensation Table 

In February 2016, the Compensation Committee established the targets and bonus amounts for 

2016 under the Annual Incentive Plan. For more information, see “Annual Incentive Plan.”  

Long-Term Incentive Compensation in the Form of Stock Option Awards.  The Compensation 

Committee generally makes awards on an annual basis but also makes awards in connection with new 
hires and promotions.   

In January 2015, the Compensation Committee awarded stock options to the Corporation's 
executive officers under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase shares of common stock at an 
exercise price of $6.87 per share.  Mr. Gorder was awarded options to purchase 20,000 shares of common 
stock and each of the other Named Executive Officers was awarded options to purchase 12,000 shares of 
common stock. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In January 2016, the Compensation Committee awarded stock options to the Corporation's 
executive officers under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan to purchase shares of common stock at an 
exercise price of $7.58 per share.  Mr. Gorder was awarded options to purchase 20,000 shares of common 
stock and each of the other Named Executive Officers was awarded options to purchase 12,000 shares of 
common stock. 

Employment Agreements and Change in Control Arrangements 

We have entered into employment agreements with Mark S. Gorder, our President and Chief 

Executive Officer, and the other Named Executive Officers.  

The employment agreement with Mr. Gorder was based on his prior employment agreement and 
incorporated the provisions of the change in control agreement that was then in effect.  The employment 
agreements with the other executive officers also contain a similar change in control provision.  Among 
other things, each employment agreement provides for a fixed employment term, subject to annual 
renewals, the executive’s base salary and the executive’s right to participate in our bonus plans, equity 
plans and other employee benefits.  In addition, in the event that (i) there occurs a “change in control” (as 
defined in the agreements) or sale of our assets accounting for 90% of more of our sales and (ii) the 
executive’s employment is involuntarily terminated within one year afterwards, the executive will be 
entitled to payment of his base salary for one year (two years for Mr. Gorder) in a lump sum and 
continuation of his medical benefits for a period of one year.   

The change in control provisions that we use contain a “double trigger” requirement, meaning 
that for an executive to receive a payment under the change of control provision, there must be both a 
change of control, as defined in the applicable agreement, and an involuntary termination of the 
executive’s employment.  The double trigger requirement was chosen to prevent us from having to pay 
substantial payments in connection with a change in control where an executive had not suffered any 
adverse employment consequences.  However, all stock options will vest and become immediately 
exercisable upon a change of control, regardless of whether the executive is involuntarily terminated. 

We believe that employment agreements and change in control protections are important to 

attract and retain talented executive officers and to protect our executive officers from a termination or 
significant change in responsibilities arising after a change in control.  For more information, see “—
Employment Agreements” and “—Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in 
Control.” 

Accounting and Tax Considerations 

Under our prior stock options plans, the Compensation Committee was limited to issuing stock 

options.  The Compensation Committee considers making awards using the other types of awards 
permitted under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan in light of FASB ASC Topic 718 - Stock Compensation.  
This accounting standard requires us to record as compensation expense the grant date fair value of a 
stock option over the life of the option.  The Compensation Committee considers the compensation 
expense of option and other equity grants when making future awards; however, given that, traditionally, 
the Compensation Committee has not made large grants of option awards to our executive officers and 
employees, we do not expect that the compensation expense associated with option grants will have a 
material adverse effect on our reported earnings. 

Generally, Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, referred to as the “Internal 

Revenue Code,” and the Internal Revenue Service, referred to as the “IRS,” regulations adopted under 
that section, which are referred to collectively as “Section 162(m),” deny a deduction to any publicly held 
corporation, such as the Corporation, for certain compensation exceeding $1,000,000 paid during each 

21 

 
 
calendar year to each of the chief executive officer and the three other highest paid executive officers 
whose compensation must be reported to shareholders in the proxy statement.  Section 162(m) does not 
apply to qualified performance-based compensation.  Our policy is to maximize the tax deductibility of 
compensation paid to our most highly compensated executives under Section 162(m).  For example, 
awards under our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan are intended to satisfy certain of the requirements for an 
exemption for “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m).  We do not believe 
that Section 162(m) will have a material adverse effect on us in 2015. 

Summary Compensation Table  

The following table summarizes compensation earned during 2015, 2014 and 2013 by our chief 

executive officer, chief financial officer and each of our executive officers.  We refer to these individuals 
throughout this proxy statement as the “Named Executive Officers.”   

Name and Principal Position 
Mark S. Gorder, ................................  
President and Chief Executive 
Officer  (principal executive officer) 

Scott Longval, ...................................  
Chief Financial Officer and 
Treasurer (principal financial officer) 

Michael P. Geraci, .............................  
Vice President, Sales and Marketing 

Dennis L. Gonsior, ............................  
Vice President, Global Operations 

Year 
2015 
2014 
2013 

2015 
2014 
2013 

2015 
2014 
2013 

2015 
2014 
2013 

Salary 
($) 
405,820 
394,000 
386,250 

232,740 
215,500 
203,300 

238,033
231,100 
226,600 

222,789
216,300 
206,000 

Greg Gruenhagen, .............................  
Vice President, Quality and 
Regulatory Affairs 

2015 
2014 
2013 

200,658 
189,300 
182,000 

____________________________ 

Stock 
Awards 
(1) 
($) 
⎯
   7,000 
⎯

Option 
Awards 
(2) 
($) 
137,400 
48,125 
101,250 

Non-Equity 
Incentive Plan 
Compensation 
(3) 
($) 
19,277 
31,000 
⎯

All Other 
Compensation 
(4) 
($) 
29,212 
26,758 
23,592 

⎯
⎯
⎯

⎯
⎯
⎯

⎯
⎯
⎯

⎯
⎯
⎯

82,440 
28,875 
60,750 

82,440
28,875 
60,750 

82,440
28,875 
60,750 

82,440 
28,875 
60,750 

15,129 
20,768 
⎯

15,474
22,271 
⎯

14,482
20,845 
⎯

13,043 
18,243 
⎯

1,234 
1,234 
1,211 

4,176 
4,176 
4,405 

3,612 
3,612 
3,615 

5,602 
5,602 
5,483 

Total 
($) 
591,709 
506,883 
511,092 

331,543 
266,377 
265,261 

340,123
286,422 
290,965 

323,323
269,632 
270,365 

301,743 
242,020 
248,233 

 (1) 

(2) 

Under the Non-Employee Director and Executive Officer Stock Purchase Program, executive officers may 
purchase shares of common stock directly from the Corporation at the last reported sale price on the date 
that the election to purchase is made.   

The amounts included in the “Option Awards” column represent the aggregate grant date fair value of 
option awards granted during the year indicated, computed in accordance with FASB Codification 
Topic 718.   For a discussion of valuation assumptions, see Note 13 to our consolidated financial 
statements included in our annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015. 
The amounts shown include the impact of option forfeitures during 2015.  No options were forfeited 
under all plans during 2015. 

(3) 

Represents amounts payable under the Annual Incentive Plan for services rendered in 2015 and 2014.  
No amounts were payable under the Annual Incentive Plan for 2013 because the plan target was not 
reached. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4) 

Consists of payment of premiums for group term life insurance maintained for such executives and 
disability policies maintained for certain executives.  In the case of Mr. Gorder, such amount also 
includes payment of country club membership dues and payment for his automobile lease and related 
expenses.   

Employment Agreements 

We have entered into employment agreements with Mark S. Gorder, our President and Chief 

Executive Officer, and our executive officers. 

The employment agreements contain the following material terms: 

• 

• 

a current employment term expiring on April 30, 2017, subject to automatic renewal for 
additional one year terms unless either party gives notice of non-renewal at least sixty 
(60) days prior to the end of the then current employment term; and 

a base salary as determined by the Board of Directors or the Compensation Committee, 
but in no event less than their base salaries in effect at the time of the agreement. 

For a discussion of the provisions relating to the termination of the employment of the executive 

officer under certain circumstances, see “—Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or 
Change in Control.” 

Annual Incentive Plan  

In March 2012, the Compensation Committee adopted the Annual Incentive Plan for Executives 

and Key Employees, referred to as the Annual Incentive Plan.  Under the Annual Incentive Plan, our 
executive officers and key employees are eligible to receive incentive compensation based on (i) the 
Corporation achieving a designated level of financial results, referred to as the “plan target,” for a 
designated calendar year, referred to as a “plan year,” and (ii) if applicable, achievement of designated 
strategic objectives.   The plan targets and strategic objectives, if any, will be determined each year by the 
Compensation Committee.  A participant will receive incentive compensation only if the minimum plan 
target is achieved. No cash bonuses were paid under the Annual Incentive Plan for 2013 because the plan 
target was not reached.  In February 2015, the Compensation Committee determined that the target under 
the Annual Incentive Plan for 2014 had been achieved at the 84% level and approved a total payout under 
the 2014 Annual Incentive Plan of $357,687, of which a total of $113,127 was paid to the Named 
Executive Officers.  In February 2016, the Compensation Committee determined that the target for 2015 
had been achieved at the 64% level and approved a total payout under the 2015 Annual Incentive Plan of 
$255,000, of which a total of $77,405 was paid to the Named Executive Officers. 

In February 2016, the Compensation Committee established the targets and bonus amounts for 

2016 under the Annual Incentive Plan. For 2016, based on the Corporation achieving a targeted range of 
net income, Mr. Gorder will be eligible to receive incentive compensation ranging from 5.0% to 40.0% of 
his plan year base salary and each of the other Named Executive Officers will be eligible to receive 
incentive compensation ranging from 5.0% to 27.5% of their plan year base salary.  Other employees are 
eligible to receive from 2.5% to 15.0% of their plan year base salaries depending upon their tier level. 
Between these points, the amount of the incentive compensation available will increase or decrease 
proportionately based upon the Corporation achieving more or less than the midpoint of the target range; 
however, no incentive compensation will be paid if the Corporation achieves less than the low end of the 
target range and the maximum incentive compensation payable is capped at the Corporation achieving the 
high end of the target range. 

23 

 
 
 
The plan target is based on 2016 net income; provided, that the plan target must be achieved after 

accruing any incentive compensation payable under the Annual Incentive Plan.  In addition, the Named 
Executive Officers will not be entitled to incentive compensation at the minimum plan target level 
applicable to other participants. The Committee has the discretion to determine whether (and at what 
level) the plan target and strategic objectives have been satisfied and to adjust the plan target and strategic 
objectives as circumstances warrant.  The Committee has the authority to weight the importance of the 
strategic objectives and to determine the amount of the awards if less than all of the strategic objectives 
are achieved.  

The following table shows the potential amounts payable to our Named Executive Officers under 

the Annual Incentive Plan at different levels of the 2016 plan target. 

Potential incentive compensation payable under the 
Annual Incentive Plan at the following levels  
of the 2016 Plan Target: 

Name 
Mark S. Gorder ........  
Scott Longval ...........  
Michael P. Geraci ....  
Dennis L. Gonsior ....  
Greg Gruenhagen .....  

Minimum(1) 

Target 
Potential Incentive Compensation 

Maximum 

$    20,900 
12,450 
12,260 
11,475 
10,500 

$   41,800 
24,900 
24,520 
22,950 
21,000 

$   167,200 
68,475 
67,430 
63,113  
57,750  

 (1) Represents the minimum target level at which the Named Executive Officers will be eligible for an 
award.  

Equity Plans  

The following descriptions summarize our equity plans pursuant to which eligible employees, 
including the Named Executive Officers, and directors receive equity based awards.  Our 2015 Equity 
Incentive Plan replaced our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (described below).  No additional grants may be 
made under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  Outstanding grants under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan 
continue to be governed by their terms and the terms of the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.   

In February 2014, the Board approved amendments to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and prior 
plans to permit “cashless” exercises for all stock options issued under such plans, regardless of whether 
the form of option agreement or award contains such a provision. 

In February 2015, the Board approved amendments to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and prior 

plans to provide that outstanding options under such plans will vest and become fully exercisable, and 
will be exercisable for the balance of the original term of the option, in the event of the termination of the 
participant from the Corporation due to death, disability or retirement, regardless of any contrary 
provision in the form of option agreement. 

2015 Equity Incentive Plan  

Shareholders approved the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan in April 2015.  The 2015 Equity Incentive 
Plan permits grants of incentive stock options, options not intended to qualify as incentive stock options, 
stock appreciation rights, restricted and unrestricted stock awards, restricted stock units, deferred stock 
units, performance awards, supplemental cash awards and combinations of the foregoing. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
The 2015 Equity Incentive Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of 

Directors. The Compensation Committee determines the type of awards to be granted under the 2015 
Equity Incentive Plan; selects award recipients and determines the extent of their participation; 
determines the method or formula for establishing the fair market value of the shares of common stock for 
various purposes under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan; and establishes all other terms, conditions, 
restrictions and limitations applicable to awards and the shares of common stock issued pursuant to 
awards, including, but not limited to, those relating to a participant’s retirement, death, disability, leave of 
absence or termination of employment. The Compensation Committee may accelerate or defer the vesting 
or payment of awards, cancel or modify outstanding awards, waive any conditions or restrictions imposed 
with respect to awards or the shares of common stock issued pursuant to awards and make any and all 
other interpretations and determinations which it deems necessary with respect to the administration of 
the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, other than a reduction of the exercise price of an option after the grant 
date and subject to the provisions of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to 
“covered employees,” as defined in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, except that the 
Committee may not, without the consent of the holder of an award or unless specifically authorized by the 
terms of the plan or an award, take any action with respect to such award if such action would adversely 
affect the rights of such holder. 

The maximum total number of shares for which awards may be granted under the 2015 Equity 

Incentive Plan is 500,214 shares of common stock, subject to appropriate adjustment in a manner 
determined by the Board of Directors to reflect changes in the Corporation’s capitalization; however, such 
authorized share reserve will be increased from time to time by a number of shares equal to the number of 
shares of common stock that are issuable pursuant to grants outstanding under the 2006 Equity Incentive 
Plan and certain other plans as of April 24, 2015 that, but for the termination and/or suspension of the 
2006 Equity Incentive Plan and such other plans, would otherwise have reverted to the share reserve of 
the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan pursuant to the terms thereof as a result of the expiration, termination, 
cancellation or forfeiture of such options. 

          As of February 23, 2016:  

•  options to purchase 170,000 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2015 

Equity Incentive Plan;  

•  362,791 shares of common stock were available for new awards under the 2015 Equity 
Incentive Plan which includes shares surrendered for cashless exercises under the 2006 
Equity Inventive Plan; and  

•  options to purchase 1,281,197 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2006 
Equity Incentive Plan, which shares will become available for new awards under the 
2015 Equity Incentive Plan in the event of the cancellation, expiration, forfeiture or 
repurchase of such awards.  

The maximum number of shares of common stock for which stock options may be granted to any 

person in any fiscal year and the maximum number shares of common stock subject to SARs granted to 
any person in any fiscal year each is 50,000.  The maximum number of shares of common stock subject to 
other Awards granted to any person in any fiscal year is 50,000 shares.   

2006 Equity Incentive Plan 

Shareholders approved the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan in April 2006 and, in April 2010 and May 

2012, approved amendments to the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan to, among other things, increase the 

25 

 
 
 
number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under that plan.  The 2006 Equity Incentive 
Plan was replaced by the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan in April 2015 and no new awards will be made 
under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan.  The 2006 Equity Incentive Plan permitted the same types of equity 
awards as are permitted under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan.  Awards outstanding under the 2006 
Equity Incentive Plan will continue to be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of 
Directors and governed by the terms of such Plan and the awards.  As noted above, as of February 23, 
2016, options to purchase 1,281,197 shares of common stock were outstanding under the 2006 Equity 
Incentive Plan, which shares will become available for new awards under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan 
in the event of the cancellation, expiration, forfeiture or repurchase of such awards. 

26 

 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End  

The following table summarizes stock option awards held by our Named Executive Officers as of 

December 31, 2015.  We do not have any outstanding stock awards.  

Name 
Mark S. Gorder, ............................................ 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
(principal executive officer) 

Scott Longval, .............................................. 
Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer 
(principal financial officer) 

Michael P. Geraci, ........................................ 
Vice President, Sales and Marketing 

Dennis L. Gonsior, ....................................... 
Vice President, Global Operations 

Greg Gruenhagen, ........................................ 
Vice President, Quality and Regulatory 
Affairs 

Number of Securities 
Underlying Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Exercisable 
15,000 
25,000 
20,000 
25,000 
 25,000 
             16,667 
               4,167 
                  - 

25,000 
  5,000 
15,000 
10,000 
15,000 
             15,000 
             10,000 
               2,500 
                  - 

10,000 
20,000 
10,000 
15,000 
             15,000 
             10,000 
               2,500 
                  - 

10,000 
20,000 
10,000 
15,000 
             15,000 
             10,000 
               2,500 
                   - 

               2,500 
             10,000 
10,000 
15,000 
15,000 
             10,000 
               2,500 
                   -_ 

Number of 
Securities 
Underlying 
Unexercised 
Options 
(#) 
Unexercisable 

Option 
Exercise 
Price 
($) 

Option Expiration 
Date 

5.35 
14.70 
4.69 
4.53 
6.26 
4.05 
3.85 
6.87 

5.30 
5.35 
14.70 
4.69 
4.53 
6.26 
4.05 
3.85 
6.87 

5.35 
14.70 
4.69 
4.53 
6.26 
4.05 
3.85 
6.87 

5.35 
14.70 
4.69 
4.53 
6.26 
4.05 
3.85 
6.87 

5.35 
   14.70 
4.69 
4.53 
6.26 
4.05 
     3.85 
6.87 

12/11/2016
12/10/2017
12/09/2018
4/27/2021
1/2/2022
1/5/2023
1/2/2024
1/1/2025

7/18/2016
12/11/2016
12/10/2017
12/09/2018
4/27/2021
1/2/2022
1/5/2023
1/2/2024
1/1/2025

12/11/2016
12/10/2017
12/09/2018
4/27/2021
1/2/2022
1/5/2023
1/2/2024
1/1/2025

12/11/2016
12/10/2017
12/09/2018
4/27/2021
1/2/2022
1/5/2023
1/2/2024
1/1/2025

12/11/2016
12/10/2017
12/09,2018
4/27/2021
     1/2/2022
1/5/2023
1/2/2024
1/1/2025

        8,333(1) 
        8,333(2) 
      20,000(3) 

5,000(1) 
5,000(2) 
12,000(3) 

5,000(1) 
 5,000(2) 
      12,000(3) 

5,000(1) 
 5,000(2) 
12,000(3) 

5,000(1) 
5,000(2) 
12,000(3) 

______________________________ 

(1)  The unvested balance of this option vests on January 5, 2016. 
(2)  The unvested balance of this option vests in two equal installments on each of January 2, 2016 and 2017. 
(3)  The unvested balance of this option vests in three equal installments on each of January 1, 2016, 2017 and 

2018. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
             
      
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Potential Payments Upon Termination of Employment or Change in Control 

Our employment agreements with our Named Executive Officers provide the following material 

terms in the event of the termination of the employment of the executive under certain circumstances:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

in the event of the termination of the executive’s employment without cause, we are 
required to pay the executive’s base salary and medical benefits for a severance period 
equal to one year (two years in the case of Mr. Gorder with respect to salary); provided 
that for any executive that has less than 12 years of continuous service with us, the 
severance period will be equal to 30 days for each year of continuous full-time 
employment, but in no event less than 90 days or more than one year. We are required to 
pay the present value of the base salary in a lump sum, using a discount rate of 6%;   

in the event that (i) there occurs a change in control or sale of our assets accounting for 
90% of more of our sales and (ii) the executive’s employment is involuntarily terminated 
within one year afterwards, we are required to pay the executive’s base salary for one 
year (two years for Mr. Gorder) in a lump sum and to continue medical benefits for a 
period of one year;   

in the sole and absolute discretion of the Board of Directors, in the event that the 
executive is terminated without cause or there occurs a change of control followed by the 
executive’s involuntary termination, we may elect to pay executive a prorated amount of 
the bonus that executive would have been entitled to receive for the year in which he was 
terminated;  

the immediate vesting of all stock options and equity awards held by the executive in the 
event of a change in control or in the event that the executive’s employment is terminated 
(i) by us for any reason other than cause or (ii) by the executive under circumstances that 
constitute an involuntary termination; and   

a one year non-competition covenant (or, if longer, for so long as the period with respect 
to which executive is entitled to receive, or has received, payment of severance following 
a termination by us without cause or change of control) and covenants concerning 
confidentiality and inventions. 

In the event that we give a notice of non-renewal of the term of the agreement to the executive 

and, within 12 months after the date of the non-renewal notice, the executive’s employment is terminated 
by us for any reason other than cause or the death or disability of executive, then the executive will be 
entitled to the severance benefits described above with respect to a termination without cause except that 
the severance period shall be reduced by the number of days between the date of the non-renewal notice 
and the termination of executive’s employment. 

As defined in the employment agreements: 

“Asset Sale” means the sale of our assets (including the stock or assets of our subsidiaries) to 

which 90% or more of our consolidated sales volume is attributable. 

“Cause” means the following, provided that, in the case of circumstances described in the fourth 

through sixth clauses below, we must have first given written notice to executive, and executive must 
have failed to remedy the circumstances as determined in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors 
within 30 days after such notice:   

• 

• 

fraud or dishonesty in connection with executive’s employment or theft, misappropriation 
or embezzlement of our funds;   

conviction of any felony, crime involving fraud or knowing misrepresentation, or of any 
other crime (whether or not such felony or crime is connected with his employment) the 

28 

 
 
effect of which in the judgment of the Board of Directors is likely to adversely affect us 
or our affiliates;   

•  material breach of executive’s obligations under the employment agreement;  
• 

repeated and consistent failure of executive to be present at work during normal business 
hours unless the absence is because of a disability as defined in the agreement;  
•  willful violation of any express direction or requirement established by the Board of 

Directors, as determined by a majority of Board of Directors;  

• 

insubordination, gross incompetence or misconduct in the performance of, or gross 
neglect of, executive’s duties under the employment agreement, as determined by a 
majority of the Board of Directors; or  

•  use of alcohol or other drugs which interfere with the performance by executive of his 

duties, or use of any illegal drugs or narcotics.   

“Change of control” of means an “asset sale” or a “change in majority stock ownership.” 

“Change in majority stock ownership” means the acquisition by any “person” (as such term is 
used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, referred to as the “Exchange 
Act”), including any affiliate or associate as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act of such 
person, or any group of persons acting in concert, other than us, any trustee or other fiduciary holding 
securities under an employee benefit plan of ours, or any corporation or other entity owned, directly or 
indirectly, by our shareholders in substantially the same proportion as their ownership of capital stock of 
us, of “beneficial ownership” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 
50% or more of the combined voting power of our then outstanding securities. 

“Involuntarily terminated” means:   

• 

• 

any termination of the employment of executive by us other than for cause, death or 
disability; or   

any termination of employment of the executive by executive following:  

o  a material diminution in the executive’s base compensation; 

o  a material diminution in the executive’s authority, duties, or responsibilities; 

o  a material diminution in the authority, duties, or responsibilities of the supervisor to 
whom the executive is required to report, including a requirement that an executive 
report to a corporate officer or employee instead of reporting directly to the board of 
directors; 

o  a material diminution in the budget over which the executive retains authority; 

o  a material change in the geographic location at which the executive must perform the 

services; or 

o  any other action or inaction that constitutes a material breach by us under the 

agreement. 

Provided, however, that with respect to any termination by executive pursuant to the foregoing, executive 
shall have first provided notice to us of the existence of the condition proposed to be relied upon within 
90 days of the initial existence of the condition, and shall have given us a period of 30 days during which 
we may remedy the condition and we shall have failed to do so during such period. 

The change in control provisions that we use contain a “double trigger” requirement, meaning 
that for an executive to receive a payment under the change of control provision, there must be both a 

29 

 
 
  
change of control, as defined in the applicable agreement, and an involuntary termination of the 
executive’s employment. The double trigger requirement was chosen to prevent us from having to pay 
substantial payments in connection with a change in control where an executive had not suffered any 
adverse employment consequences. However, all stock options will vest and become immediately 
exercisable upon a change of control, regardless of whether the executive is involuntarily terminated. 

Disability Benefits for Certain Named Executive Officers. We provide all of our full-time 

salaried employees with short-term disability benefits for six months. We also maintain a disability 
insurance policy on behalf of certain members of our senior management, including our Named Executive 
Officers, which is in addition to the disability benefits that we maintain for our salaried employees. In the 
event that any of these executives became disabled, as provided in their respective policies, was unable to 
return to the performance of their duties after six months and was terminated as an employee effective as 
of December 31, 2015, they would be paid monthly benefits as follows: Mr. Gorder - $8,370  per month; 
Mr. Geraci - $6,450 per month; Mr. Gonsior - $5,860 per month; Mr. Gruenhagen - $6,935 per month; 
and Mr. Longval $3,250 per month.   

Equity Plans.  Our Named Executive Officers hold unvested stock options under our 2006 

Equity Incentive Plan and our 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. 

Under our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, all unvested options will 
automatically accelerate and become vested upon the death, disability, retirement of the holder or upon a 
change of control of us, as defined in that Plan. 

Under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, options held by an 

employee whose employment is terminated for cause, as defined in those plans, will terminate 
immediately. In addition, under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, the 
voluntary resignation of employment by an employee, other than for retirement as defined, will not result 
in the acceleration of unvested options.  

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions 

Mr. Gorder, our president, chief executive officer and a director, is a general partner (with a one-
third interest) of Arden Partners I, L.L.P., a Minnesota limited liability partnership, referred to as Arden, 
that owns and leases to us property under a lease entered into in 1991, which we use as a manufacturing 
facility.  In October 2013, the lease was renewed with a term expiring on October 31, 2016.  Under the 
lease, we pay Arden a base monthly rent of approximately $31,007 plus real estate taxes and other 
charges.  In 2015 and 2014, we paid Arden approximately $487,000 each year for rent, real estate taxes 
and other charges.  Mr. Gorder’s interest in such payments was approximately $163,000 in each of 2015 
and 2014. 

We use the law firm of Blank Rome LLP for legal services.  A partner of that firm is the son-in-
law of the Chairman of our Board of Directors, Mr. McKenna; however, the legal services are provided 
by other attorneys at that firm and not by the son-in-law.  In 2015 and 2014, we paid that firm 
approximately $203,000 and $156,000, respectively, for legal services and costs.  The interest of the son-
in-law in such amounts is not determinable. 

The foregoing transactions were approved by the disinterested members of the Audit Committee 

pursuant to its written policy applicable to related party transactions.  

30 

 
 
  
 
 
PROPOSAL 2 

ADVISORY VOTE ON EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

As described in detail under the heading “Executive Compensation” beginning on page 17 of this 

Proxy Statement, our executive compensation program is designed to attract and retain talented and 
dedicated executive officers and to align a significant portion of their compensation with our business 
objectives and performance and the interests of our shareholders.  We believe that our program creates an 
environment of shared risk between our executive officers and our shareholders by including equity based 
awards and cash compensation based on financial performance as part of our executive compensation 
program.  We believe that our executive compensation program should focus management’s attention on 
achieving both annual performance targets and profitable growth over a longer time period.  The program 
is designed to reward management for the achievement of both short and long term strategic objectives as 
established by the Board of Directors.  Additional details about our executive compensation programs, 
including information about executive compensation for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, are 
described under the section entitled “Executive Compensation” which begins on page 17 of this Proxy 
Statement.  

Securities laws require that we provide our shareholders with the opportunity to vote to approve, 
on a nonbinding, advisory basis, the compensation of our Named Executives Officers as disclosed in this 
proxy statement at least once every three years, commonly known as a “say-on-pay” proposal.   In 
accordance with the shareholders’ advisory vote on the frequency of the say-on-pay vote that was held at 
the 2013 annual meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors has determined to hold the say-on-pay 
vote on executive compensation every year until we hold another advisory vote on the frequency of the 
say-on-pay vote. 

We are asking our shareholders to indicate their support for our Named Executive Officer 
compensation as described in this Proxy Statement. This proposal gives our shareholders the opportunity 
to express their views on the compensation of our Named Executive Officers. This vote is not intended to 
address any specific item of compensation, but rather the overall compensation of our Named Executive 
Officers and the philosophy, policies and practices described in this Proxy Statement.  Accordingly, the 
following resolution is submitted for shareholder vote at the Annual Meeting: 

“RESOLVED, that the shareholders of IntriCon Corporation hereby APPROVE, on an advisory 
basis, the compensation paid to its named executive officers, as disclosed in the Proxy Statement for the 
2016 annual meeting of shareholders pursuant to the compensation disclosure rules of the Securities and 
Exchange Commission, including the compensation tables and the narrative discussion that accompany 
the compensation tables.” 

This say-on-pay vote is advisory, and therefore not binding on the Corporation, the Compensation 

Committee or our Board of Directors. Our Board and our Compensation Committee value the opinion of 
our shareholders and to the extent there is any significant vote against the compensation of Named 
Executive Officers as disclosed in this Proxy Statement, we will consider our shareholders’ concerns and 
the Compensation Committee will evaluate whether any actions are necessary to address those concerns. 
Proxies submitted without direction pursuant to this solicitation will be voted “for” approval of the 
compensation of our Named Executives Officers as disclosed in this proxy statement. 

The Board of Directors recommends a vote “FOR” the approval of the compensation of our 

Named Executive Officers as disclosed in this proxy statement. 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
PROPOSAL 3 

AMENDMENT OF EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN 

Description of the Proposal  

          The Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “Purchase Plan”) was approved by the shareholders in 
2007 and authorized the issuance of 100,000 shares of common stock under the Plan.  In 2011, the 
shareholders approved an amendment to the Purchase Plan to increase the number of shares of common 
stock which may be purchased thereunder by an additional 100,000 shares. As of February 29, 2016, 
approximately 27,904 Shares of common stock remained available for purchase under the Purchase Plan. 
If the amendment to the Purchase Plan is not approved by shareholders, the Corporation will exhaust 
these previously authorized shares in the coming months or years, and thereafter employees will no longer 
be able to purchase Shares of common stock under the Purchase Plan.  

          The Corporation is submitting the amendment to the Purchase Plan to shareholders for approval in 
accordance with the requirements of Section 423(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended 
(the “Code”).  

Description of the Purchase Plan  

          The material terms of the Purchase Plan are summarized below. A copy of the full text of the 
Purchase Plan, as proposed to be amended, is attached as Appendix A to this Proxy Statement. This 
summary of the Purchase Plan is not intended to be a complete description of the Purchase Plan and is 
qualified in its entirety by the actual text of the Purchase Plan to which reference is made. Capitalized 
terms used but not defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Purchase Plan.  

General  

          The purpose of the Purchase Plan is to provide employees with an attractive opportunity to 
purchase shares of our common stock with the belief that participating employees will, as shareholders, 
be more likely to think and act like owners. In addition, in order to attract and retain quality employees, 
we must provide a competitive benefits package. The Purchase Plan has been an attractive addition to our 
existing employee benefits. The Purchase Plan provides eligible employees the opportunity to purchase 
shares of our common stock at a discount of up to 10% through payroll deductions. We designed the 
Purchase Plan so that participating employees and the Corporation receive favorable tax treatment.  

Number of Shares Subject to the Plan  

          A maximum of 200,000 Shares of common stock may be sold under the Purchase Plan. The 
Committee may adjust this number in the event of a capital adjustment affecting our Shares of common 
stock. As of February 29, 2016, 27,904 shares of common stock remained available for purchase. As of 
March 8, 2016, the closing price of our common stock was $6.80 per share.  

          Shares of common stock which may be purchased under the Purchase Plan may be shares acquired 
in the open market (on an exchange or in negotiated transactions), previously acquired treasury shares, 
authorized and unissued shares or any combination thereof.  

          In February 2016, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Purchase Plan to increase 
the number of Shares of common stock which may be purchased under the Purchase Plan by 100,000 
shares, subject to shareholder approval. Assuming Proposal 3 is approved by shareholders, a total of 
127,904 shares would be available for purchase under the Purchase Plan.  

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Eligibility 

          All employees of the Corporation and each of our domestic subsidiaries are eligible to participate in 
the Purchase Plan once they have been employed by us for twelve months. However, the following 
persons are not eligible:  

•  Part-time employees (those whose customary employment is for 20 hours or less a week or not 

more than five months a year); and  

•  Any employee who owns, or would own upon exercising any rights under the Purchase Plan or 
any other option, shares representing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of 
our shares of common stock or the stock of any of our subsidiaries.  

          An individual must be employed by us on the first day of a subscription period (as described below) 
in order to participate in the Purchase Plan for that subscription period. As of March 8, 2016, 
approximately 216 employees were eligible to participate in the Purchase Plan.  

Subscription Periods and Participation Election 

          The subscription periods under the Purchase Plan are the three-month period beginning on the first 
day of each January, April, July and October. Prior to the beginning of each subscription period, eligible 
employees may elect to have up to 20% of their cash compensation (excluding bonuses and employee 
benefit amounts) deducted and paid into the Purchase Plan throughout the subscription period, subject to 
the annual limitation described below. After the beginning of a subscription period, an employee may not 
change the rate of his or her payroll deductions for that subscription period, except to reduce the amount 
of the payroll deduction to zero by terminating his or her participation in the Plan (see “Termination of 
Participation” below).  

Method of Purchase; Purchase Price  

          Under the Purchase Plan, a separate bookkeeping account is maintained for each participant, which 
reflects the accumulated payroll deductions made on behalf of the participant from time to time, reduced 
for any distributions from such account pursuant to the provisions of the Purchase Plan. On the last day of 
each subscription period, the amount deducted from an employee’s pay is automatically applied toward 
the purchase of our shares of common stock at a purchase price equal to 90% of the fair market value of a 
share of common stock on that day (generally, the last updated sales price of a share of common stock as 
reported on Nasdaq). The Committee has the authority to reduce or eliminate the discount prior to the 
beginning of a subscription period. Only whole shares are purchased for a participating employee. Any 
amounts remaining in a participant’s account after the maximum number of whole shares has been 
purchased is returned to the participant, without interest, as soon as administratively possible except that 
amounts which represent less than the purchase price of one whole share of common stock are held, 
without interest, for use in the next subscription period. Dividends, if any, earned on any shares held in a 
participant’s account are reinvested in shares of our shares of common stock and credited to the 
participant’s account. After the close of each subscription period, information is made available to each 
participant regarding the activity in such participant’s account for such subscription period, including the 
number of shares of common stock purchased and the applicable purchase price.  

Maximum Purchase Levels  

          Under the Purchase Plan, no employee may purchase more than $25,000 worth of stock in any 
calendar year (based on the fair market value of our shares of common stock on the first day of the 
applicable subscription periods), even if that amount is within the 20% deduction limit mentioned above. 
In addition, no employee may purchase more than 1,250 shares of common stock during any subscription 
period, subject to adjustment in the event of any capital adjustment affecting our shares of common stock.  

33 

 
 
 
Termination of Participation  

          An employee may voluntarily terminate his or her participation in the Purchase Plan by notifying us 
in writing at least 15 business days (or such other period designated by the Committee) before the last day 
of any subscription period.  

          If an employee voluntarily terminates his or her participation in the Purchase Plan, we will:  

•  not make further payroll deductions from that employee’s compensation;  
•  use the cash balance of that employee’s Purchase Plan account to buy our shares of common 

stock at the end of the subscription period and pay the employee any cash balance of his or her 
Purchase Plan account without interest; and  

• 

continue to hold on behalf of that employee any shares of common stock previously purchased in 
his or her Purchase Plan account or transfer those shares of common stock pursuant to the 
employee’s instructions.  

          An employee’s participation in the Purchase Plan will automatically terminate when his or her 
employment with us ends or when he or she ceases to be an eligible employee. In either such event, we 
will:  

•  not make further payroll deductions from the employee’s compensation; 
•  pay the employee the cash balance of his or her Purchase Plan account without interest; and 
• 

credit, to a book entry account in the participant’s name, the number of full shares of common 
stock purchased under the Purchase Plan and held for his or her benefit, or if the employee so 
elects, credit those shares to: 
• 
• 

an account with the same entity that acts as our designated agent under the Purchase Plan.  

a brokerage account designated by the participant, or  

 Adjustments  

          If the Corporation effects any subdivision or consolidation of shares of common stock or other 
capital readjustment, payment of stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares or recapitalization or 
other increase or reduction of the number of shares of common stock outstanding without receiving 
compensation therefor in money, services or property, then, subject to the requirements of Section 423 of 
the Code, the Committee may make such adjustments as it may deem appropriate, in its discretion to the 
number of shares of common stock available under the Purchase Plan and the maximum number of shares 
of common stock that may be purchased by a participant during any subscription period to reflect 
appropriately such action by the Corporation.  

Amendment and Termination 

          The Corporation, by action of the Board of Directors or the Committee, may amend or terminate 
the Purchase Plan at any time, except that no amendment may adversely affect the right of any participant 
with respect to shares of common stock purchased prior to the date the amendment was adopted, and no 
amendment may be made without shareholder approval to the extent that approval is required to maintain 
compliance with Section 423 of the Code.  

Federal Income Tax Consequences  

          The following is a brief description of the U.S. federal income tax treatment that will generally 
apply with respect to purchases under the Purchase Plan by participants who are subject to U.S. income 
tax. This discussion is based on U.S. federal tax laws and regulations presently in effect, which are 
subject to change, and the discussion does not purport to be a complete description of the U.S. federal 

34 

 
 
  
income tax aspects of the Purchase Plan. Participants may also be subject to foreign, state and/or local 
taxes in connection with purchases under the Purchase Plan, which could differ significantly from U.S. 
federal income tax consequences. We suggest that participants consult with their individual tax advisors 
to determine the applicability of the tax aspects of purchases to their personal circumstances.  

          The Plan is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Code. Under this section, a participant will 
not be required to recognize taxable income at the time shares of common stock are purchased under the 
Purchase Plan. The participant may, however, become liable for tax upon the disposition of the shares of 
our shares of common stock acquired, as described below.  

          In the event that shares of common stock acquired pursuant to the Purchase Plan are not sold or 
disposed of (including by way of gift) prior to two years after the first day of the subscription period in 
which they are purchased or one year after the last day of the subscription period, or in the event of an 
employee’s death whenever occurring, the lesser of (a) the excess of the fair market value of the shares of 
common stock on the date of disposition over the purchase price, or (b) the excess of the fair market value 
of the shares of common stock on the first day of the subscription period over an amount equal to what 
the purchase price would have been if it had been computed as of that date, will be treated as ordinary 
income to the participant. Any further gain on disposition will be treated as long-term capital gain and any 
loss will be treated as a capital loss. We are not entitled to any tax deduction under this scenario.  

          In the event a participant sells or disposes of shares acquired pursuant to the Purchase Plan before 
the expiration of the holding periods described above, the excess of the fair market value of the shares of 
common stock on the last day of the subscription period, over the purchase price will be treated as 
ordinary income to the participant. This excess will constitute ordinary income in the year of sale or other 
disposition even if no gain is realized on the sale or a gratuitous transfer of the shares of common stock is 
made. The balance of any gain will be treated as a capital gain and will be treated as a long-term capital 
gain if the shares of common stock have been held for more than one year. If the shares of common stock 
are sold for less than their fair market value on the last day of the subscription period, the participant may 
recognize a capital loss equal to the difference between the sales price and the value of the shares of 
common stock on the last day of the subscription period. We are entitled to a deduction for our taxable 
year in which such sale or disposition occurs equal to the amount of income includible in the participant’s 
gross income as ordinary income under this scenario.  

Accounting Treatment 

          Under FASB ASC 718 we are required to record as a compensation expense the discount that we 
provide to our employees from the fair market value of our shares of common stock on the last day of the 
subscription period. We do not expect that the amount of this compensation expense will have a material 
effect on our reported earnings.  

New Plan Benefits  

          Participation in the Purchase Plan is voluntary and dependent upon each eligible employee’s 
election to participate, and the benefit of participating will depend on the fair market value of our shares 
of common stock. Accordingly, future benefits that would be received by our executive officers and 
eligible employees under the proposed amendment to the Purchase Plan are not determinable at this time. 
If our shareholders do not approve the amendment to the Purchase Plan, the plan will continue in effect 
with respect to the shares of common stock currently available for purchase.  

          The Board of Directors recommends that the shareholders vote for approval of the 
amendment to the Purchase Plan. 

35 

 
 
 
 
Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table details information regarding the Corporation’s existing equity compensation 

plans as of December 31, 2015:   

(a) 
Number of 
securities to be 
issued upon exercise 
of outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

(b) 
Weighted-
average exercise 
price of 
outstanding 
options, warrants 
and rights 

(c) 
Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column (a)) 

1,324,772 

$6.36 

518,179 

-- 

-- 

-- 

1,324,772 

$6.36 

518,179 

Plan Category 

Equity compensation plans 

approved by security holders(1) 

Equity compensation plans not 
approved by security holders 

Total
 ......................................................  

(1)  The amount shown in column (c) includes 490,275 shares issuable under the Corporation's 2015 
Equity  Incentive  Plan  and  27,904  shares  available  for  purchase  under  the  Corporation’s  Employee 
Stock Purchase Plan. Under the terms of the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan, as outstanding options under 
the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan expire, the shares of common stock subject to the expired 
options will become available for issuance under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. As of December 31, 
2015, 1,282,472 shares of common stock were subject to outstanding options under the 2006 Equity 
Incentive  Plan.  Accordingly,  if  any  of  these  options  expire,  the  shares  of  common  stock  subject  to 
expired options also will be available for issuance under the 2015 Equity Incentive Plan. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PROPOSAL 4 

RATIFICATION OF APPOINTMENT OF AUDITOR 

The Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm for the fiscal year ended 

December 31, 2015 was the firm of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP (previously known as Virchow, 
Krause & Company, LLP), referred to as “Baker Tilly.”  Baker Tilly was engaged as independent auditor 
beginning in August 2005.  Services provided to the Corporation and its subsidiaries by Baker Tilly in 
2015 and 2014 are described below under “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.”  The Audit 
Committee of the Board of Directors has appointed Baker Tilly to serve as the independent registered 
public accounting firm for the year ending December 31, 2016.  Shareholders will be asked to ratify this 
appointment.  Although action by the shareholders on this matter is not required, the Audit Committee 
believes it is appropriate to seek shareholder ratification of the appointment of the independent registered 
public accounting firm to provide a forum for shareholders to express their views with regard to the Audit 
Committee’s appointment.  If the shareholders do not ratify the appointment of Baker Tilly, the selection 
of independent registered public accounting firm may be reconsidered by the Audit Committee; provided 
however, the Audit Committee retains the right to continue to engage Baker Tilly.  Notwithstanding the 
ratification of Baker Tilly as the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm for the year 
ending December 31, 2016, the Audit Committee retains the right to replace Baker Tilly at any time 
without shareholder approval.  A representative of Baker Tilly is expected to be present at the Annual 
Meeting and to be available to respond to appropriate questions.  The representative will have the 
opportunity to make a statement if he or she so desires. 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Fee Information  

Fees for professional services provided by Baker Tilly, the Corporation’s independent auditor, for 

the fiscal years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 in each of the following categories were: 

Services Rendered (1) 

2015 

2014 

Audit Fees .................................................................................. 
Audit-Related Fees .................................................................... 
Tax Fees ..................................................................................... 
All Other Fees ............................................................................ 

$199,633 
13,000 
—  
— 

$212,613
12,500
— 
—

Total ........................................................................................... 

$212,633  

$225,113

____________________________ 

(1) 

The aggregate fees included in Audit Fees are fees billed for the fiscal years.  The aggregate 
fees included in each of the other categories are fees billed in the fiscal years.  Does not 
include: foreign statutory audit fees of $22,039 and $24,900 for 2015 and 2014 and foreign 
tax fees of $9,794 in 2015 and $6,132 in 2014, respectively by Baker Tilly TFW, LLC, a firm 
that is also an independent member firm of Baker Tilly International, for audits of the 
Corporation’s foreign subsidiaries. 

Audit Fees.  The audit fees for 2015 and 2014 include fees for professional services rendered for 

the audit of the Corporation’s annual financial statements included in the Corporation’s Form 10-K 
Reports, the review of the financial statements included in the Corporation’s Form 10-Q Reports, and 
professional services rendered for a required review of the Corporation’s other SEC filings.   

Audit-Related Fees.  The audit-related fees for 2015 and 2014 include fees for audits of the 

Corporation’s employee benefit plan.  

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
All Other Fees.  There were no other fees billed for 2015 and 2014. 

Tax Fees.  We did not use Baker Tilly for domestic tax services in 2015 or 2014. 

Auditor Independence 

The Audit Committee has considered the nature of the above-listed services provided by Baker 
Tilly and determined that the provisions of the services are compatible with Baker Tilly maintaining its 
independence.   

Pre-Approval Policy 

The Audit Committee has established pre-approval policies and procedures pursuant to which the 
Audit Committee pre-approved the foregoing audit and permissible non-audit services provided by Baker 
Tilly in 2015.   

Audit Committee Report 

The Audit Committee has prepared the following report on its activities with respect to the 
Corporation’s audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2015, which are 
referred to herein as the Corporation’s audited consolidated financial statements: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

The Audit Committee has reviewed and discussed the audited consolidated financial 
statements with management. 

The Audit Committee has discussed with Baker Tilly, the Corporation’s independent 
auditors, the matters required to be discussed by Auditing Standard No. 16, as issued by 
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board. 

The Audit Committee has received the written disclosures and the letter from Baker Tilly 
required by applicable requirements of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board 
regarding the independent accountant’s communications with the Audit Committees 
concerning independence, and has discussed with Baker Tilly their independence. 

Based on the review and discussions referred to above, the Audit Committee has 
recommended to the Board of Directors that the audited consolidated financial statements 
be included in the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2015, for filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission. 

The Audit Committee: 

Nicholas A. Giordano, Chairman 
Michael J. McKenna  

Robert N. Masucci  
Philip N. Seamon 

The Board of Directors recommends that shareholders vote “FOR” ratification of the 
appointment of Baker Tilly as the Corporation’s independent registered public accounting firm for 
2016.  

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
SECTION 16(a) BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP REPORTING COMPLIANCE 

Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the Corporation’s executive 

officers and directors and persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of the 
Corporation’s equity securities (collectively, the “reporting persons”) to file reports of ownership and 
changes in ownership with the Securities and Exchange Commission and to furnish the Corporation with 
copies of these reports. 

Based on the Corporation’s review of the copies of these reports received by it and written 
representations, if any, received from reporting persons with respect to the filing of reports of Forms 3, 4 
and 5, the Corporation believes that all filings required to be made by the reporting persons for fiscal year 
2015 were made on a timely basis, except that one Form 4 report for Mr. Gruenhagen was not timely 
filed. 

SHAREHOLDER PROPOSALS FOR 2017 ANNUAL MEETING 

Under the Corporation’s bylaws, shareholder proposals with respect to the 2017 Annual Meeting 

of Shareholders, including nominations for directors, which have not been previously approved by the 
Board of Directors, must be submitted to the Secretary of the Corporation no later than November 18, 
2016.  Any such proposals must be in writing and sent either by personal delivery, nationally recognized 
express mail or United States mail, postage prepaid to Corporate Secretary, IntriCon Corporation, 1260 
Red Fox Road, Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112.  Each nomination or proposal must include the 
information required by the bylaws.  All late or nonconforming nominations and proposals may be 
rejected by the officer presiding at the meeting.   

Shareholder proposals for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders must be submitted to the 
Corporation by November 18, 2016 to receive consideration for inclusion in the Corporation’s Proxy 
Statement relating to the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders.  Any such proposal must also comply 
with SEC proxy rules, including SEC Rule 14a-8, and any applicable requirements set forth in the bylaws.   

In addition, shareholders are notified that the deadline for providing the Corporation timely notice 

of any shareholder proposal to be submitted outside of the Rule 14a-8 process for consideration at the 
Corporation’s 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders is November 18, 2016.  As to all such matters which 
the Corporation does not have notice on or prior to November 18, 2016, discretionary authority shall be 
granted to the persons designated in the Corporation’s Proxy related to the 2017 Annual Meeting of 
shareholders to vote on such proposal. 

ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS 

A copy of the Corporation’s 2015 Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 

2015 as filed with the SEC is being made available to each shareholder with this Proxy Statement.  

The Corporation files reports and other information with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission, referred to as the “SEC.”  Copies of these documents may be obtained at the SEC’s public 
reference room in Washington, D.C.  The Corporation’s SEC filings are also available on the SEC’s web 
site at http://www.sec.gov.   

EACH SHAREHOLDER CAN OBTAIN A COPY OF THE CORPORATION’S ANNUAL 

REPORT ON FORM 10-K, INCLUDING FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND FINANCIAL 
SCHEDULES FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015 AS FILED WITH THE SEC, 
WITHOUT CHARGE EXCEPT FOR EXHIBITS TO THE REPORT, BY SENDING A 
WRITTEN REQUEST TO: INTRICON CORPORATION, 1260 RED FOX ROAD, ARDEN 
HILLS, MINNESOTA 55112 ATTN: SCOTT LONGVAL. 

39 

 
 
HOUSEHOLDING 

In order to reduce printing costs and postage fees, the Corporation has adopted the process called 
“householding” for mailing its annual report and proxy statement to “street name holders,” which refers to 
shareholders whose shares are held in a stock brokerage account or by a bank or other nominee. This 
means that street name holders who share the same last name and address will receive only one copy of 
the Corporation’s annual report and proxy statement, unless the Corporation receives contrary instructions 
from a street name holder at that address. The Corporation will continue to mail a proxy card to each 
shareholder of record who requests it. 

The Corporation will promptly deliver separate copies of the Corporation’s proxy statement and 

annual report upon written or oral request. If you prefer to receive multiple copies of the Corporation’s 
proxy statement and annual report at the same address, you may obtain additional copies by writing to 
IntriCon Corporation, Attention: Scott Longval, Chief Financial Officer, 1260 Red Fox Road, Arden 
Hills, Minnesota 55112 or by calling Mr. Longval at (651) 604-9526.  Eligible shareholders of record 
receiving multiple copies of the annual report and proxy statement can request householding by 
contacting the Corporation in the same manner.  

OTHER MATTERS 

The Corporation is not presently aware of any matters (other than procedural matters) that will be 

brought before the Meeting which are not reflected in the attached Notice of the Meeting.  The 
accompanying proxy confers discretionary authority to vote with respect to any and all of the following 
matters that may come before the Meeting: (i) matters which the Corporation did not receive notice by 
November 9, 2015 were to be presented at the Meeting; (ii) approval of the minutes of a prior meeting of 
shareholders, if such approval does not amount to ratification of the action taken at the meeting; (iii) the 
election of any person to any office for which a bona fide nominee named in this Proxy Statement is 
unable to serve or for good cause will not serve; (iv) any proposal omitted from this Proxy Statement and 
the form of proxy pursuant to Rules 14a-8 or 14a-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and (v) 
matters incident to the conduct of the Meeting.  In connection with such matters, the persons named in the 
accompanying proxy will vote in accordance with their best judgment. 

Scott Longval 
Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer  
and Secretary  

40 

 
 
 
 
 
INTRICON CORPORATION 
2007 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN, AS AMENDED 

Appendix A 

SECTION 1 

GENERAL 

1.1. 

Purpose.  The IntriCon Corporation 2007 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Plan") has 
been established by IntriCon Corporation (the "Company") to provide eligible employees of the Company 
and the Related Companies (each of which is referred to herein as an "Employer") with an opportunity to 
acquire a proprietary interest in the Company through the purchase of common shares of the Company 
("Stock"). The Plan is intended to qualify as an employee stock purchase plan under section 423 of the 
Code, and the provisions of the Plan are to be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of 
that section. 

1.2.  Defined Terms.  Capitalized terms in the Plan will be defined as set forth in Section 6 or 

elsewhere in the Plan. 

SECTION 2 

METHOD OF PURCHASE 

2.1. 

Eligibility.  Plan participation will be available to (and will be limited to) each employee 
of an Employer beginning on the first day of the twelfth month following such employee's date of hire by 
his or her Employer, except that the following persons will not be eligible to participate in the Plan: 

(a) 

(b) 

calendar year. 

An employee whose customary employment is 20 hours or less per week. 

An employee whose customary employment is for not more than five months in any 

(c) 

An employee who owns, or who would own upon the exercise of any rights extended 

under the Plan and the exercise of any other option held by the employee (whether qualified or non-
qualified), shares possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of 
stock of the Company or of any Related Company. For purposes of this section 2.1(c), the rules of 
section 424(d) of the Code will apply in determining the stock ownership of an employee. 

For purposes of the Plan, the term "employee" will not include any individual for any period 

during which such individual's services are performed pursuant to the terms of a contract, either with such 
individual himself or herself or with a leasing organization or agency, that purports to treat the individual 
as either an independent contractor or an employee of such agency or leasing organization. 

In addition to the foregoing provisions of this section 2.1, an individual may participate in the 

Plan for any Subscription Period (as defined in section 2.2) only if he or she is employed by an Employer 
on the first day of that period. 

2.2. 

Participation Election.  A "Subscription Period" for the accumulation of funds necessary 

for payment of the Purchase Price (as defined in section 2.3) of Stock under the Plan will consist of a 
three month period, beginning on each January 1, April 1, July 1, and October 1 commencing on or after 
the Effective Date and prior to the termination of the Plan.  For any Subscription Period, an eligible 
employee will become a Plan "Participant" by filing a payroll deduction authorization (an 
"Authorization") with respect to Compensation otherwise payable to the Participant during such 
Subscription Period. The Authorization will be filed with the Company or a designated agent at the time 
and in the manner specified by the Committee. Such payroll deductions will be any full percentage of the 
Compensation of the Participant up to but not more than 20% of his or her Compensation. Such 
Authorization shall remain in effect until modified by the Participant or the Participant's participation in 

A-1

 
 
 
the Plan terminates in accordance with section 2.4. After the beginning of the Subscription Period, and 
except as otherwise provided in section 2.4, a Participant may not change the rate of his or her payroll 
deductions for that Subscription Period. A Participant may change the amount of his or her payroll 
deduction effective as of the first day of any Subscription Period by filing a new Authorization with the 
Company or a designated agent at the time and in the manner specified by the Committee. Subject to 
compliance with the applicable rules adopted by the Committee, any Authorization will be effective on 
the first day of the Subscription Period following the day the Company or its designated agent receives 
such Authorization. 

Subject to the limitations of section 2.3, each eligible employee who has elected to become a 

Participant in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this section 2.2 will be deemed to have been 
granted an option on the first day of each Subscription Period to purchase (at the applicable Purchase 
Price) on the Exercise Date (as defined in section 2.3) shares of Stock in accordance with section 2.3. 
Exercise of the option will occur as provided in section 2.3, except as provided in section 2.4. The option 
will expire on the last day of the Subscription Period. 

The Committee may at any time amend, suspend, or terminate any participation procedures 
established pursuant to this section 2.2 without prior notice to any Participant or eligible employee. 

2.3. 

Purchase of Stock.  On the last day of each Subscription Period (the "Exercise Date"), a 

Participant will be deemed to have exercised his or her option to purchase that whole number of shares of 
Stock equal to the quotient of (i) the cash balance in the Participant's Account (as defined in section 3.4) 
as of the Exercise Date and (ii) the Purchase Price.  Any amounts remaining in a Participant’s Account 
after deducting the Purchase Price of the option shall be returned to the Participant, without interest, as 
soon as administratively possible thereafter except that amounts which represent less than the Purchase 
Price of a whole share of Stock shall be held, without interest, for use on the next Exercise Date 

The "Purchase Price" per share will be equal to 90% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock 
on the Exercise Date; provided, however, that the Committee shall have the authority to set the Purchase 
Price at a price up to 100% of the Fair Market Value from time to time prior to the beginning of a 
Subscription Period.   If such amount results in a fraction of one tenth of one cent, the Purchase Price will 
be increased to the next higher tenth of one cent. In no event will the Purchase Price be less than the par 
value of the Stock. 

The Company may, at its election, upon the exercise of options (i) issue Stock in the name of the 

Plan, for the benefit of the Participants or (ii) reflect the issuance of Stock in book entry form with 
noncertificated Stock. In either event, the Company shall cause to be delivered to each Participant, at least 
annually, a statement that will reflect the number of shares of Stock purchased from the Participant’s 
Account and the Purchase Price of such Stock. 

No employee will have the right to purchase more than $25,000 in value of Stock under the Plan 

(and any other employee stock purchase plan described in Code section 423 and maintained by the 
Company or any Related Company) in any calendar year, such value being based on the Fair Market 
Value of a share of Stock as of the date on which the option to purchase the Stock is granted, as 
determined in accordance with section 2.2 of the Plan. This section 2.3 will be interpreted in accordance 
with section 423(b)(8) of the Code. 

Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the number of shares of Stock which 

may be purchased by any Participant during any Subscription Period will not exceed 1,250, subject to 
adjustment as provided in section 3.3. 

2.4. 

Termination of Participation.  A Participant may, at any time and for any reason, 

voluntarily terminate participation in the Plan by notification of withdrawal from the Plan in the manner 
specified by the Committee, provided such notification is received by the Company or its designated 
agent at least 15 business days (or such other period as designated by the Committee) prior to the Exercise 

A-2

 
 
Date of any Subscription Period. If a Participant's employment with the Employers terminates for any 
reason or a Participant ceases to be an eligible employee, such Participant's participation in the Plan will 
immediately terminate. 

If a Participant who is an eligible employee voluntarily terminates his or her participation in the 

Plan, (i) no further payroll deductions will be made from his or her Compensation, (ii) the cash balance of 
the Participant's Account will be used to purchase shares of Stock for the Subscription Period in which 
such termination occurs (at the time specified in, and in accordance with, section 2.3) and any balance 
remaining shall be returned to the Participant, without interest, as soon as administratively possible 
thereafter, and (iii) the number of shares of Stock purchased under the Plan will continue to be held on 
behalf of the Participant in his or her Account. 

If a Participant's employment with the Employers terminates or a Participant ceases to be an 

eligible employee so that the Participant's participation in the Plan is automatically terminated as provided 
in this section 2.4, (i) no further payroll deductions will be made from his or her Compensation, (ii) the 
cash balance of the Participant's Account will be paid to him or her without interest, as soon as 
administratively possible and (iii) the number of full shares of Stock purchased under the Plan and held 
for his or her benefit will be credited to a book entry account in the Participant's name maintained by the 
Company's transfer agent, or, if the Participant so elects, in the time and manner specified by the 
Committee, to a brokerage account designated by the Participant.  Notwithstanding the preceding 
sentence, in lieu of having the shares of Stock issued to a book entry or brokerage account, such 
Participant may direct the Company or its designated agent to continue to maintain his or her Account 
with the same entity that acts as the Company's designated agent under the Plan, subject to any conditions 
imposed by such entity. 

2.5 

No Fractional Shares. Only whole shares of Stock may be acquired through the exercise 
of an option. Amounts remaining in a Participant’s Account after the maximum number of whole shares 
have been purchased on any Exercise Date shall be held for use on the next Exercise Date, as provided in 
Section 2.3 above. 

SECTION 3 

OPERATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

3.1. 

Effective Date. Subject to the approval of the shareholders of the Company within 

12 months after the date of its adoption by the Board, the Plan will be effective on the Effective Date. 

3.2. 

Shares Subject to Plan.  Shares of Stock to be purchased under the Plan will be subject to 

the following: 

(a) 

The shares of Stock which may be purchased under the Plan will be shares purchased in 

the open market (on an exchange or in negotiated transactions) or, if the Company's Chief Financial 
Officer, in his or her discretion, deems it necessary or advisable, shares sold hereunder may be previously 
acquired treasury shares, authorized and unissued shares, or any combination of shares purchased in the 
open market or in negotiated transactions, previously acquired treasury shares or authorized and unissued 
shares. 

(b) 

Subject to the provisions of section 3.3, the number of shares of Stock which may be 

purchased under the Plan will not exceed 300,000 shares in the aggregate. 

(c) 

If, on an Exercise Date, Participants in the aggregate have outstanding Options to 

purchase more shares of Stock than are then available for purchase under the Plan, each Participant will 
be eligible to purchase a reduced number of shares of Stock on a pro rata basis and any excess payroll 
deductions will be returned to Participants, without interest, all as provided by uniform and 
nondiscriminatory rules adopted by the Committee. 

3.3. 

Adjustments to Shares.  If the Company will effect any subdivision or consolidation of 

A-3

 
 
shares of Stock or other capital readjustment, payment of stock dividend, stock split, combination of 
shares or recapitalization or other increase or reduction of the number of shares of Stock outstanding 
without receiving compensation therefor in money, services or property, then, subject to the requirements 
of Code section 423, the Committee will adjust the number of shares of Stock available under the Plan 
and the maximum number of shares that may be purchased by a Participant during any Subscription 
Period to reflect appropriately such action by the Company. 

3.4. 

Plan Accounts.    The Committee will cause a separate bookkeeping account (an 

"Account") to be maintained for each Participant, which Account will reflect the accumulated payroll 
deductions made on behalf of the Participant from time to time, reduced for any distributions from such 
Account pursuant to the provisions of the Plan. No interest will accrue at any time for any amount 
credited to an Account of a Participant. In the event a Participant elects to sell any of the shares of Stock 
held in his or her Account, the Participant's Account will be subject to all transaction fees associated with 
such disposition. 

The Stock purchased by each Participant pursuant to the provisions of the Plan will be credited to 

such Participant's Account as soon as practicable after, and effective as of the close of business on, the 
last day of each Subscription Period. Dividends earned on any shares of Stock held in an Account will be 
automatically reinvested in shares of Stock of the Company and credited to the Participant's Account. 

After the close of each Subscription Period, information will be made available to each 
Participant regarding the activity in such Participant's Account for such Subscription Period, including the 
number of shares of Stock purchased and the applicable Purchase Price. In the event that the maximum 
number of shares of Stock are purchased by a Participant for a Subscription Period and cash remains 
credited to the Participant's Account, such cash will be paid to the Participant without interest, as soon as 
administratively possible. 

3.5. 

Limit on Distribution.  Distribution of shares of Stock or other amounts under the Plan 

will be subject to the following: 

(a) 

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company will have no liability to 

issue any shares of Stock under the Plan unless such delivery or distribution would comply with all 
applicable laws and the applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity. 

(b) 

In the case of a Participant who is subject to Section 16(a) and 16(b) of the Securities 

Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Committee may, at any time, add such conditions and limitations 
with respect to such Participant as the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or desirable to 
comply with Section 16(a) or 16(b) and the rules and regulations thereunder or to obtain any exemption 
therefrom. 

3.6.  Withholding.  All shares of Stock issued hereunder and any payments pursuant to the 

Plan are subject to withholding of all applicable taxes and the Employers will have the right to withhold 
from any payment or distribution of shares or to collect as a condition of any payment or distribution 
under the Plan, as applicable, any taxes required by law to be withheld. To the extent provided by the 
Committee, a Participant may elect to have any distribution of shares otherwise required to be made 
pursuant to the Plan withheld, or may surrender to the Employers shares of Stock already owned by the 
Participant, to fulfill any tax withholding obligation; provided, however, in no event will the Fair Market 
Value of the number of shares so withheld (or accepted) (as of the date immediately preceding the date 
withheld or accepted) exceed the amount necessary to meet the minimum Federal, state and local 
marginal tax rates then in effect that are applicable to the Participant and to the particular transaction. 

3.7. 

Transferability.  Except as otherwise permitted under Code section 423 and Rule 16b-3, a 

Participant's Account, the amount of any payroll deductions made with respect to a Participant's 
Compensation and any Participant's rights to purchase shares of Stock under the Plan may not be pledged, 
hypothecated, assigned or transferred other than by will and the laws of descent and distribution. During 

A-4

 
 
the lifetime of a Participant, the rights provided to the Participant under the Plan may be exercised only 
by him or her.  

3.8. 

Limitation of Implied Rights. 

(a) 

Neither a Participant nor any other person will, by reason of the Plan, acquire any right in 

or title to any assets, funds or property of the Employers whatsoever, including, without limitation, any 
specific funds, assets, or other property which the Employers, in their sole discretion, may set aside in 
anticipation of a liability under the Plan. A Participant will have only a contractual right to the shares of 
Stock and amounts, if any, payable under the Plan, unsecured by any assets of the Employers. Nothing 
contained in the Plan will constitute a guarantee by any of the Employers that the assets of the Employers 
will be sufficient to pay any benefits to any person. 

(b) 

The Plan does not constitute a contract of employment, and participation in the Plan will 

not give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of an Employer or any Related Company, 
nor any right or claim to any benefit under the Plan, unless such right or claim has specifically accrued 
under the terms of the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no right to purchase shares under 
the Plan will confer upon the holder thereof any right as a shareholder of the Company prior to the date on 
which he or she fulfills all service requirements and other conditions for receipt of such rights. 

3.9. 

Evidence.  Evidence required of anyone under the Plan may be by certificate, affidavit, 

document or other information which the person acting on it considers pertinent and reliable, and signed, 
made or presented by the proper party or parties. 

3.10.  Action by Employers.  Any action required or permitted to be taken by any Employer will 

be by resolution of its board of directors, or by action of one or more members of the board (including a 
committee of the board) who are duly authorized to act for the board, or (except to the extent prohibited 
by the provisions of Rule 16b-3, applicable local law, the applicable rules of any stock exchange, or any 
other applicable rules) by a duly authorized officer of the Employer. 

3.11.  Gender and Number.    Where the context admits, words in any gender will include any 

other gender, words in the singular will include the plural and the plural will include the singular. 

SECTION 4 

COMMITTEE 

4.1. 

Administration.    The authority to control and manage the operation and administration 

of the Plan will be vested in the Compensation Committee of the Board or a subcomittee of the 
Compensation Committee (the "Committee") in accordance with this section 4. The Committee will 
consist of such number and type of members as may be required for compliance with Rule 16b-3. 

4.2. 

Powers of Committee.  The authority to manage and control the operation and 

administration of the Plan will be vested in the Committee, including, without limitation, the power and 
authority to: 

(a) 

establish the terms, conditions, restrictions, Purchase Price (subject to Section 2.3) and 

other provisions applicable to the right to purchase shares of Stock under the Plan; and 

(b) 

interpret the Plan, establish, amend, and rescind any rules and regulations relating to the 

Plan, determine the terms and provisions of any agreements made pursuant to the Plan, and make all other 
determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. 

Any interpretation of the Plan by the Committee and any decision made by it under the Plan is 

final and binding on all persons. 

4.3.  Delegation by Committee.  Except to the extent prohibited by the provisions of Rule 16b-
3, applicable law, the applicable rules of any stock exchange, or any other applicable rules, the Committee 

A-5

 
 
may allocate all or any portion of its responsibilities and powers to any one or more of its members, and 
may delegate all or any part of its responsibilities and powers to any person or persons selected by it or 
appoint such agents as the Committee will deem appropriate. Any such allocation or delegation may be 
revoked by the Committee at any time. 

4.4. 

Information to be Furnished to Committee.  The Employers and Related Companies will 

furnish the Committee and its designees with such data and information as may be required for them to 
discharge their duties with respect to the Plan. The records of the Employers and Related Companies as to 
an employee's or Participant's employment, termination of employment, leave of absence, reemployment 
and compensation will be conclusive on all persons unless determined to be incorrect. Participants and 
other persons entitled to benefits under the Plan must furnish the Committee such evidence, data or 
information as the Committee considers desirable to carry out the terms of the Plan. 

4.5. 

Liability and Indemnification of Committee.  No member or authorized delegate of the 

Committee will be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the 
administration of the Plan unless attributable to his or her own fraud or willful misconduct; nor will the 
Employers be liable to any person for any such action unless attributable to fraud or willful misconduct 
on the part of a director or employee of the Employers. The Committee, the individual members thereof, 
and persons acting as the authorized delegates of the Committee under the Plan, will be indemnified by 
the Employers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against any and all liabilities, losses, costs and 
expenses (including legal fees and expenses) of whatsoever kind and nature which may be imposed on, 
incurred by or asserted against the Committee or its members or authorized delegates by reason of the 
performance of a Committee function if the Committee or its members or authorized delegates did not act 
dishonestly or in willful violation of the law or regulation under which such liability, loss, cost or expense 
arises. This indemnification will not duplicate but may supplement any coverage available under any 
applicable insurance. 

SECTION 5 

AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION 

The Board or the Committee may, at any time, amend the Plan, provided that, subject to 
section 3.3 (relating to certain adjustments to shares), no amendment may adversely affect the rights of 
any Participant or beneficiary with respect to shares that have been purchased prior to the date such 
amendment is adopted by the Committee. No amendment of the Plan may be made without approval of 
the Company's shareholders to the extent that such approval is required to maintain compliance with the 
requirements of Code section 423. 

The Company, by action of the Board or the Committee, may at any time terminate the Plan, in 
which case notice of such termination will be given to all Participants, but any failure to give such notice 
will not impair the effectiveness of the termination. Such termination will not adversely affect the rights 
of any Participant or beneficiary with respect to shares of Stock that have been purchased on or prior to 
the date of such termination. 

In the event of Plan termination pursuant to this section 5, (i) the cash balance of the Participant's 

Account will be paid to him or her without interest as soon as administratively possible and (ii) the 
number of full shares of Stock purchased under the Plan and held for his or her benefit will be credited to 
a book entry account in the Participant's name maintained by the Company's transfer agent, or, if the 
Participant so elects, in the time and manner specified by the Committee, to a brokerage account 
designated by the Participant. 

A-6

 
 
SECTION 6 

 DEFINED TERMS 

For purposes of the Plan, the terms listed below will be defined as follows: 

(a) 

Board.  The term "Board" will mean the Board of Directors of the Company. 

(b) 

Code.  The term "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  A 
reference to any provision of the Code will include reference to any successor provision of the Code. 

(c) 

Compensation.  The term "Compensation" means total cash compensation (excluding 
bonuses and employee benefit contributions and payments) paid by the Employers (before withholding 
and deductions) for the applicable Subscription Period. 

(d) 

Dollars.  As used in the Plan, the term "dollars" or numbers preceded by the symbol "$" 

will mean amounts in United States dollars. 

(e) 

Effective Date.  The "Effective Date" will be July 1, 2007 or such later date that the Chief 
Financial Officer determines that all arrangements have been completed with respect to the effectuation of 
the Plan. 

(f) 
any date will mean: 

Fair Market Value.  The "Fair Market Value" of a share of Stock of the Company as of 

(i) 

If the principal market for the Stock is a national securities exchange or the 

NASDAQ stock market, then the "Fair Market Value" as of that date will be the last reported sale price of 
the Stock on that date on the principal exchange or market on which the Stock is then listed or admitted to 
trading. 

(ii) 

If sale prices are not available or if the principal market for the Stock is not a 

national securities exchange and the Stock is not quoted on the NASDAQ Stock Market, then the "Fair 
Market Value" as of that date will be the mean between the highest bid and lowest asked prices for the 
Stock on such day as reported on the NASDAQ OTC Bulletin Board Service or by the National Quotation 
Bureau, Incorporated or a comparable service. 

If the day is not a business day, and as a result, paragraphs (i) and (ii) above are inapplicable, the 

Fair Market Value of the Stock will be determined as of the next earlier business day. 

(g) 

Participant.  The term "Participant" means any employee of the Company who is eligible 

and elects to participate pursuant to the provisions of Section 2. 

(h) 

Related Companies.    The term "Related Company" means any entity during any period 
in which it is a "subsidiary corporation" (as that term is defined in Code section 424(f) with respect to the 
Company, except that any subsidiary corporation that is not incorporated under the laws of the United 
States or any state or jurisdiction thereof shall not be a Related Company for the purpose of this Plan. 

(i) 

Rule 16b-3.    The term "Rule 16b-3" means Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under the 

Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. 

This Plan has been adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company on behalf of the 

Company and the Related Companies on March 14, 2007 and approved by the shareholders of the 
Company on April 25, 2007.   

A-7

 
 
 
Management
Mark S. Gorder 
President and Chief Executive Officer
J. Scott Longval 
Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer
Michael P. Geraci 
Vice President, Sales and Marketing
Greg Gruenhagen 
Vice President, Quality and Regulatory Affairs
Dennis L. Gonsior 
Vice President, Global Operations
Delain Wright 
Vice President, Business Development, 
Value Hearing Health

Directors
Michael J. McKenna 
Chairman of the Board of IntriCon Corporation,  
Retired Vice Chairman,  
President and Director,  
Crown Cork & Seal Company, Inc.
Nicholas A. Giordano 
Business Consultant,  
Former President and CEO 
Philadelphia Stock Exchange
Mark S. Gorder 
President and Chief Executive Officer,  
IntriCon Corporation
Robert N. Masucci 
Chairman of Barclay Brand Corporation Chairman, 
Montgomery Capital Advisors, Inc.
Philip N. Seamon 
President, Philip N. Seamon, Inc. 
Retired Senior Managing Director, 
Corporate Finance,  
FTI Consulting, Inc.

Legal Counsel
Blank Rome LLP 
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania

Auditors
Baker Tilly Virchow Krause 
Minneapolis, Minnesota

Transfer Agent and Registrar
Broadridge 
1115 Long Island Avenue 
Edgewood, NY 11717 
1.800.733.1121 
www.broadridge.com

Locations
IntriCon Corporation Headquarters 
1260 Red Fox Road 
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112 
Phone: 651.636.9770 
Fax: 651.636.8944 
www.intricon.com

IntriCon Datrix Corporation 
340 State Place 
Escondido, California 92029

IntriCon PTE LTD 
Admirax Building #02-01 to 06 
8 Admiralty Street 
Singapore 757438

IntriCon Gmbh 
Kesselschmiedstr. 10 
D-75354 Freising, Germany 

PT IntriCon Indonesia  
Batam Indo Industrial Park  
Lot 202 Level 1  
Mukakuming, Batam, Indonesia 29433

IntriCon UK LTD
Audiology House
45 Nightingale Lane
London SW12 8SP

IntriCon Corporation
1260 Red Fox Road
Arden Hills, Minnesota 55112
Phone: 651.636.9770
Fax: 651.636.8944
IntriCon.com